LLVM 23.0.0git
InstructionCombining.cpp
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
10// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG. This pass is where
11// algebraic simplification happens.
12//
13// This pass combines things like:
14// %Y = add i32 %X, 1
15// %Z = add i32 %Y, 1
16// into:
17// %Z = add i32 %X, 2
18//
19// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
20//
21// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
22// the program:
23// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
24// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
25// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
26// 3. Compare instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
27// 4. All cmp instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
28// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
29// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
30// shifts.
31// ... etc.
32//
33//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
34
35#include "InstCombineInternal.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
47#include "llvm/Analysis/CFG.h"
62#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
63#include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
64#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
65#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
66#include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h"
67#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
68#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfo.h"
70#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
72#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
74#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
75#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
76#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
79#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
80#include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
81#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
82#include "llvm/IR/PassManager.h"
84#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
85#include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
86#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
87#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
88#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
93#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
102#include <algorithm>
103#include <cassert>
104#include <cstdint>
105#include <memory>
106#include <optional>
107#include <string>
108#include <utility>
109
110#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
112#include <optional>
113
114using namespace llvm;
115using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
116
117STATISTIC(NumWorklistIterations,
118 "Number of instruction combining iterations performed");
119STATISTIC(NumOneIteration, "Number of functions with one iteration");
120STATISTIC(NumTwoIterations, "Number of functions with two iterations");
121STATISTIC(NumThreeIterations, "Number of functions with three iterations");
122STATISTIC(NumFourOrMoreIterations,
123 "Number of functions with four or more iterations");
124
125STATISTIC(NumCombined , "Number of insts combined");
126STATISTIC(NumConstProp, "Number of constant folds");
127STATISTIC(NumDeadInst , "Number of dead inst eliminated");
128STATISTIC(NumSunkInst , "Number of instructions sunk");
129STATISTIC(NumExpand, "Number of expansions");
130STATISTIC(NumFactor , "Number of factorizations");
131STATISTIC(NumReassoc , "Number of reassociations");
132DEBUG_COUNTER(VisitCounter, "instcombine-visit",
133 "Controls which instructions are visited");
134
135static cl::opt<bool> EnableCodeSinking("instcombine-code-sinking",
136 cl::desc("Enable code sinking"),
137 cl::init(true));
138
140 "instcombine-max-sink-users", cl::init(32),
141 cl::desc("Maximum number of undroppable users for instruction sinking"));
142
144MaxArraySize("instcombine-maxarray-size", cl::init(1024),
145 cl::desc("Maximum array size considered when doing a combine"));
146
147namespace llvm {
149} // end namespace llvm
150
151// FIXME: Remove this flag when it is no longer necessary to convert
152// llvm.dbg.declare to avoid inaccurate debug info. Setting this to false
153// increases variable availability at the cost of accuracy. Variables that
154// cannot be promoted by mem2reg or SROA will be described as living in memory
155// for their entire lifetime. However, passes like DSE and instcombine can
156// delete stores to the alloca, leading to misleading and inaccurate debug
157// information. This flag can be removed when those passes are fixed.
158static cl::opt<unsigned> ShouldLowerDbgDeclare("instcombine-lower-dbg-declare",
159 cl::Hidden, cl::init(true));
160
161std::optional<Instruction *>
163 // Handle target specific intrinsics
164 if (II.getCalledFunction()->isTargetIntrinsic()) {
165 return TTIForTargetIntrinsicsOnly.instCombineIntrinsic(*this, II);
166 }
167 return std::nullopt;
168}
169
171 IntrinsicInst &II, APInt DemandedMask, KnownBits &Known,
172 bool &KnownBitsComputed) {
173 // Handle target specific intrinsics
174 if (II.getCalledFunction()->isTargetIntrinsic()) {
175 return TTIForTargetIntrinsicsOnly.simplifyDemandedUseBitsIntrinsic(
176 *this, II, DemandedMask, Known, KnownBitsComputed);
177 }
178 return std::nullopt;
179}
180
182 IntrinsicInst &II, APInt DemandedElts, APInt &PoisonElts,
183 APInt &PoisonElts2, APInt &PoisonElts3,
184 std::function<void(Instruction *, unsigned, APInt, APInt &)>
185 SimplifyAndSetOp) {
186 // Handle target specific intrinsics
187 if (II.getCalledFunction()->isTargetIntrinsic()) {
188 return TTIForTargetIntrinsicsOnly.simplifyDemandedVectorEltsIntrinsic(
189 *this, II, DemandedElts, PoisonElts, PoisonElts2, PoisonElts3,
190 SimplifyAndSetOp);
191 }
192 return std::nullopt;
193}
194
195bool InstCombiner::isValidAddrSpaceCast(unsigned FromAS, unsigned ToAS) const {
196 // Approved exception for TTI use: This queries a legality property of the
197 // target, not an profitability heuristic. Ideally this should be part of
198 // DataLayout instead.
199 return TTIForTargetIntrinsicsOnly.isValidAddrSpaceCast(FromAS, ToAS);
200}
201
202Value *InstCombinerImpl::EmitGEPOffset(GEPOperator *GEP, bool RewriteGEP) {
203 if (!RewriteGEP)
204 return llvm::emitGEPOffset(&Builder, DL, GEP);
205
206 IRBuilderBase::InsertPointGuard Guard(Builder);
207 auto *Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP);
208 if (Inst)
209 Builder.SetInsertPoint(Inst);
210
211 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEP);
212 // Rewrite non-trivial GEPs to avoid duplicating the offset arithmetic.
213 if (Inst && !GEP->hasAllConstantIndices() &&
214 !GEP->getSourceElementType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
216 *Inst, Builder.CreateGEP(Builder.getInt8Ty(), GEP->getPointerOperand(),
217 Offset, "", GEP->getNoWrapFlags()));
219 }
220 return Offset;
221}
222
223Value *InstCombinerImpl::EmitGEPOffsets(ArrayRef<GEPOperator *> GEPs,
224 GEPNoWrapFlags NW, Type *IdxTy,
225 bool RewriteGEPs) {
226 auto Add = [&](Value *Sum, Value *Offset) -> Value * {
227 if (Sum)
228 return Builder.CreateAdd(Sum, Offset, "", NW.hasNoUnsignedWrap(),
229 NW.isInBounds());
230 else
231 return Offset;
232 };
233
234 Value *Sum = nullptr;
235 Value *OneUseSum = nullptr;
236 Value *OneUseBase = nullptr;
237 GEPNoWrapFlags OneUseFlags = GEPNoWrapFlags::all();
238 for (GEPOperator *GEP : reverse(GEPs)) {
239 Value *Offset;
240 {
241 // Expand the offset at the point of the previous GEP to enable rewriting.
242 // However, use the original insertion point for calculating Sum.
243 IRBuilderBase::InsertPointGuard Guard(Builder);
244 auto *Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP);
245 if (RewriteGEPs && Inst)
246 Builder.SetInsertPoint(Inst);
247
249 if (Offset->getType() != IdxTy)
250 Offset = Builder.CreateVectorSplat(
251 cast<VectorType>(IdxTy)->getElementCount(), Offset);
252 if (GEP->hasOneUse()) {
253 // Offsets of one-use GEPs will be merged into the next multi-use GEP.
254 OneUseSum = Add(OneUseSum, Offset);
255 OneUseFlags = OneUseFlags.intersectForOffsetAdd(GEP->getNoWrapFlags());
256 if (!OneUseBase)
257 OneUseBase = GEP->getPointerOperand();
258 continue;
259 }
260
261 if (OneUseSum)
262 Offset = Add(OneUseSum, Offset);
263
264 // Rewrite the GEP to reuse the computed offset. This also includes
265 // offsets from preceding one-use GEPs of matched type.
266 if (RewriteGEPs && Inst &&
267 Offset->getType()->isVectorTy() == GEP->getType()->isVectorTy() &&
268 !(GEP->getSourceElementType()->isIntegerTy(8) &&
269 GEP->getOperand(1) == Offset)) {
271 *Inst,
272 Builder.CreatePtrAdd(
273 OneUseBase ? OneUseBase : GEP->getPointerOperand(), Offset, "",
274 OneUseFlags.intersectForOffsetAdd(GEP->getNoWrapFlags())));
276 }
277 }
278
279 Sum = Add(Sum, Offset);
280 OneUseSum = OneUseBase = nullptr;
281 OneUseFlags = GEPNoWrapFlags::all();
282 }
283 if (OneUseSum)
284 Sum = Add(Sum, OneUseSum);
285 if (!Sum)
286 return Constant::getNullValue(IdxTy);
287 return Sum;
288}
289
290/// Legal integers and common types are considered desirable. This is used to
291/// avoid creating instructions with types that may not be supported well by the
292/// the backend.
293/// NOTE: This treats i8, i16 and i32 specially because they are common
294/// types in frontend languages.
295bool InstCombinerImpl::isDesirableIntType(unsigned BitWidth) const {
296 switch (BitWidth) {
297 case 8:
298 case 16:
299 case 32:
300 return true;
301 default:
302 return DL.isLegalInteger(BitWidth);
303 }
304}
305
306/// Return true if it is desirable to convert an integer computation from a
307/// given bit width to a new bit width.
308/// We don't want to convert from a legal or desirable type (like i8) to an
309/// illegal type or from a smaller to a larger illegal type. A width of '1'
310/// is always treated as a desirable type because i1 is a fundamental type in
311/// IR, and there are many specialized optimizations for i1 types.
312/// Common/desirable widths are equally treated as legal to convert to, in
313/// order to open up more combining opportunities.
314bool InstCombinerImpl::shouldChangeType(unsigned FromWidth,
315 unsigned ToWidth) const {
316 bool FromLegal = FromWidth == 1 || DL.isLegalInteger(FromWidth);
317 bool ToLegal = ToWidth == 1 || DL.isLegalInteger(ToWidth);
318
319 // Convert to desirable widths even if they are not legal types.
320 // Only shrink types, to prevent infinite loops.
321 if (ToWidth < FromWidth && isDesirableIntType(ToWidth))
322 return true;
323
324 // If this is a legal or desiable integer from type, and the result would be
325 // an illegal type, don't do the transformation.
326 if ((FromLegal || isDesirableIntType(FromWidth)) && !ToLegal)
327 return false;
328
329 // Otherwise, if both are illegal, do not increase the size of the result. We
330 // do allow things like i160 -> i64, but not i64 -> i160.
331 if (!FromLegal && !ToLegal && ToWidth > FromWidth)
332 return false;
333
334 return true;
335}
336
337/// Return true if it is desirable to convert a computation from 'From' to 'To'.
338/// We don't want to convert from a legal to an illegal type or from a smaller
339/// to a larger illegal type. i1 is always treated as a legal type because it is
340/// a fundamental type in IR, and there are many specialized optimizations for
341/// i1 types.
342bool InstCombinerImpl::shouldChangeType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
343 // TODO: This could be extended to allow vectors. Datalayout changes might be
344 // needed to properly support that.
345 if (!From->isIntegerTy() || !To->isIntegerTy())
346 return false;
347
348 unsigned FromWidth = From->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
349 unsigned ToWidth = To->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
350 return shouldChangeType(FromWidth, ToWidth);
351}
352
353// Return true, if No Signed Wrap should be maintained for I.
354// The No Signed Wrap flag can be kept if the operation "B (I.getOpcode) C",
355// where both B and C should be ConstantInts, results in a constant that does
356// not overflow. This function only handles the Add/Sub/Mul opcodes. For
357// all other opcodes, the function conservatively returns false.
360 if (!OBO || !OBO->hasNoSignedWrap())
361 return false;
362
363 const APInt *BVal, *CVal;
364 if (!match(B, m_APInt(BVal)) || !match(C, m_APInt(CVal)))
365 return false;
366
367 // We reason about Add/Sub/Mul Only.
368 bool Overflow = false;
369 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
370 case Instruction::Add:
371 (void)BVal->sadd_ov(*CVal, Overflow);
372 break;
373 case Instruction::Sub:
374 (void)BVal->ssub_ov(*CVal, Overflow);
375 break;
376 case Instruction::Mul:
377 (void)BVal->smul_ov(*CVal, Overflow);
378 break;
379 default:
380 // Conservatively return false for other opcodes.
381 return false;
382 }
383 return !Overflow;
384}
385
388 return OBO && OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
389}
390
393 return OBO && OBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
394}
395
396/// Conservatively clears subclassOptionalData after a reassociation or
397/// commutation. We preserve fast-math flags when applicable as they can be
398/// preserved.
401 if (!FPMO) {
402 I.clearSubclassOptionalData();
403 return;
404 }
405
406 FastMathFlags FMF = I.getFastMathFlags();
407 I.clearSubclassOptionalData();
408 I.setFastMathFlags(FMF);
409}
410
411/// Combine constant operands of associative operations either before or after a
412/// cast to eliminate one of the associative operations:
413/// (op (cast (op X, C2)), C1) --> (cast (op X, op (C1, C2)))
414/// (op (cast (op X, C2)), C1) --> (op (cast X), op (C1, C2))
416 InstCombinerImpl &IC) {
417 auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(BinOp1->getOperand(0));
418 if (!Cast || !Cast->hasOneUse())
419 return false;
420
421 // TODO: Enhance logic for other casts and remove this check.
422 auto CastOpcode = Cast->getOpcode();
423 if (CastOpcode != Instruction::ZExt)
424 return false;
425
426 // TODO: Enhance logic for other BinOps and remove this check.
427 if (!BinOp1->isBitwiseLogicOp())
428 return false;
429
430 auto AssocOpcode = BinOp1->getOpcode();
431 auto *BinOp2 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Cast->getOperand(0));
432 if (!BinOp2 || !BinOp2->hasOneUse() || BinOp2->getOpcode() != AssocOpcode)
433 return false;
434
435 Constant *C1, *C2;
436 if (!match(BinOp1->getOperand(1), m_Constant(C1)) ||
437 !match(BinOp2->getOperand(1), m_Constant(C2)))
438 return false;
439
440 // TODO: This assumes a zext cast.
441 // Eg, if it was a trunc, we'd cast C1 to the source type because casting C2
442 // to the destination type might lose bits.
443
444 // Fold the constants together in the destination type:
445 // (op (cast (op X, C2)), C1) --> (op (cast X), FoldedC)
446 const DataLayout &DL = IC.getDataLayout();
447 Type *DestTy = C1->getType();
448 Constant *CastC2 = ConstantFoldCastOperand(CastOpcode, C2, DestTy, DL);
449 if (!CastC2)
450 return false;
451 Constant *FoldedC = ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(AssocOpcode, C1, CastC2, DL);
452 if (!FoldedC)
453 return false;
454
455 IC.replaceOperand(*Cast, 0, BinOp2->getOperand(0));
456 IC.replaceOperand(*BinOp1, 1, FoldedC);
458 Cast->dropPoisonGeneratingFlags();
459 return true;
460}
461
462// Simplifies IntToPtr/PtrToInt RoundTrip Cast.
463// inttoptr ( ptrtoint (x) ) --> x
464Value *InstCombinerImpl::simplifyIntToPtrRoundTripCast(Value *Val) {
465 auto *IntToPtr = dyn_cast<IntToPtrInst>(Val);
466 if (IntToPtr && DL.getTypeSizeInBits(IntToPtr->getDestTy()) ==
467 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(IntToPtr->getSrcTy())) {
468 auto *PtrToInt = dyn_cast<PtrToIntInst>(IntToPtr->getOperand(0));
469 Type *CastTy = IntToPtr->getDestTy();
470 if (PtrToInt &&
471 CastTy->getPointerAddressSpace() ==
472 PtrToInt->getSrcTy()->getPointerAddressSpace() &&
473 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(PtrToInt->getSrcTy()) ==
474 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(PtrToInt->getDestTy()))
475 return PtrToInt->getOperand(0);
476 }
477 return nullptr;
478}
479
480/// This performs a few simplifications for operators that are associative or
481/// commutative:
482///
483/// Commutative operators:
484///
485/// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
486/// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
487/// binary operators.
488///
489/// Associative operators:
490///
491/// 2. Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "A op (B op C)" if "B op C" simplifies.
492/// 3. Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "(A op B) op C" if "A op B" simplifies.
493///
494/// Associative and commutative operators:
495///
496/// 4. Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "(C op A) op B" if "C op A" simplifies.
497/// 5. Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "B op (C op A)" if "C op A" simplifies.
498/// 6. Transform: "(A op C1) op (B op C2)" ==> "(A op B) op (C1 op C2)"
499/// if C1 and C2 are constants.
501 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
502 bool Changed = false;
503
504 do {
505 // Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
506 // left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
507 // binary operators.
508 if (I.isCommutative() && getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) <
509 getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
510 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
511
512 if (I.isCommutative()) {
513 if (auto Pair = matchSymmetricPair(I.getOperand(0), I.getOperand(1))) {
514 replaceOperand(I, 0, Pair->first);
515 replaceOperand(I, 1, Pair->second);
516 Changed = true;
517 }
518 }
519
520 BinaryOperator *Op0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0));
521 BinaryOperator *Op1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1));
522
523 if (I.isAssociative()) {
524 // Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "A op (B op C)" if "B op C" simplifies.
525 if (Op0 && Op0->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
526 Value *A = Op0->getOperand(0);
527 Value *B = Op0->getOperand(1);
528 Value *C = I.getOperand(1);
529
530 // Does "B op C" simplify?
531 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B, C, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I))) {
532 // It simplifies to V. Form "A op V".
533 replaceOperand(I, 0, A);
534 replaceOperand(I, 1, V);
535 bool IsNUW = hasNoUnsignedWrap(I) && hasNoUnsignedWrap(*Op0);
536 bool IsNSW = maintainNoSignedWrap(I, B, C) && hasNoSignedWrap(*Op0);
537
538 // Conservatively clear all optional flags since they may not be
539 // preserved by the reassociation. Reset nsw/nuw based on the above
540 // analysis.
542
543 // Note: this is only valid because SimplifyBinOp doesn't look at
544 // the operands to Op0.
545 if (IsNUW)
546 I.setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
547
548 if (IsNSW)
549 I.setHasNoSignedWrap(true);
550
551 Changed = true;
552 ++NumReassoc;
553 continue;
554 }
555 }
556
557 // Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "(A op B) op C" if "A op B" simplifies.
558 if (Op1 && Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
559 Value *A = I.getOperand(0);
560 Value *B = Op1->getOperand(0);
561 Value *C = Op1->getOperand(1);
562
563 // Does "A op B" simplify?
564 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, A, B, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I))) {
565 // It simplifies to V. Form "V op C".
566 replaceOperand(I, 0, V);
567 replaceOperand(I, 1, C);
568 // Conservatively clear the optional flags, since they may not be
569 // preserved by the reassociation.
571 Changed = true;
572 ++NumReassoc;
573 continue;
574 }
575 }
576 }
577
578 if (I.isAssociative() && I.isCommutative()) {
579 if (simplifyAssocCastAssoc(&I, *this)) {
580 Changed = true;
581 ++NumReassoc;
582 continue;
583 }
584
585 // Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "(C op A) op B" if "C op A" simplifies.
586 if (Op0 && Op0->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
587 Value *A = Op0->getOperand(0);
588 Value *B = Op0->getOperand(1);
589 Value *C = I.getOperand(1);
590
591 // Does "C op A" simplify?
592 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, A, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I))) {
593 // It simplifies to V. Form "V op B".
594 replaceOperand(I, 0, V);
595 replaceOperand(I, 1, B);
596 // Conservatively clear the optional flags, since they may not be
597 // preserved by the reassociation.
599 Changed = true;
600 ++NumReassoc;
601 continue;
602 }
603 }
604
605 // Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "B op (C op A)" if "C op A" simplifies.
606 if (Op1 && Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
607 Value *A = I.getOperand(0);
608 Value *B = Op1->getOperand(0);
609 Value *C = Op1->getOperand(1);
610
611 // Does "C op A" simplify?
612 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, A, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I))) {
613 // It simplifies to V. Form "B op V".
614 replaceOperand(I, 0, B);
615 replaceOperand(I, 1, V);
616 // Conservatively clear the optional flags, since they may not be
617 // preserved by the reassociation.
619 Changed = true;
620 ++NumReassoc;
621 continue;
622 }
623 }
624
625 // Transform: "(A op C1) op (B op C2)" ==> "(A op B) op (C1 op C2)"
626 // if C1 and C2 are constants.
627 Value *A, *B;
628 Constant *C1, *C2, *CRes;
629 if (Op0 && Op1 &&
630 Op0->getOpcode() == Opcode && Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode &&
631 match(Op0, m_OneUse(m_BinOp(m_Value(A), m_Constant(C1)))) &&
632 match(Op1, m_OneUse(m_BinOp(m_Value(B), m_Constant(C2)))) &&
633 (CRes = ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(Opcode, C1, C2, DL))) {
634 bool IsNUW = hasNoUnsignedWrap(I) &&
635 hasNoUnsignedWrap(*Op0) &&
636 hasNoUnsignedWrap(*Op1);
637 BinaryOperator *NewBO = (IsNUW && Opcode == Instruction::Add) ?
638 BinaryOperator::CreateNUW(Opcode, A, B) :
639 BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, A, B);
640
641 if (isa<FPMathOperator>(NewBO)) {
642 FastMathFlags Flags = I.getFastMathFlags() &
643 Op0->getFastMathFlags() &
644 Op1->getFastMathFlags();
645 NewBO->setFastMathFlags(Flags);
646 }
647 InsertNewInstWith(NewBO, I.getIterator());
648 NewBO->takeName(Op1);
649 replaceOperand(I, 0, NewBO);
650 replaceOperand(I, 1, CRes);
651 // Conservatively clear the optional flags, since they may not be
652 // preserved by the reassociation.
654 if (IsNUW)
655 I.setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
656
657 Changed = true;
658 continue;
659 }
660 }
661
662 // No further simplifications.
663 return Changed;
664 } while (true);
665}
666
667/// Return whether "X LOp (Y ROp Z)" is always equal to
668/// "(X LOp Y) ROp (X LOp Z)".
671 // X & (Y | Z) <--> (X & Y) | (X & Z)
672 // X & (Y ^ Z) <--> (X & Y) ^ (X & Z)
673 if (LOp == Instruction::And)
674 return ROp == Instruction::Or || ROp == Instruction::Xor;
675
676 // X | (Y & Z) <--> (X | Y) & (X | Z)
677 if (LOp == Instruction::Or)
678 return ROp == Instruction::And;
679
680 // X * (Y + Z) <--> (X * Y) + (X * Z)
681 // X * (Y - Z) <--> (X * Y) - (X * Z)
682 if (LOp == Instruction::Mul)
683 return ROp == Instruction::Add || ROp == Instruction::Sub;
684
685 return false;
686}
687
688/// Return whether "(X LOp Y) ROp Z" is always equal to
689/// "(X ROp Z) LOp (Y ROp Z)".
693 return leftDistributesOverRight(ROp, LOp);
694
695 // (X {&|^} Y) >> Z <--> (X >> Z) {&|^} (Y >> Z) for all shifts.
697
698 // TODO: It would be nice to handle division, aka "(X + Y)/Z = X/Z + Y/Z",
699 // but this requires knowing that the addition does not overflow and other
700 // such subtleties.
701}
702
703/// This function returns identity value for given opcode, which can be used to
704/// factor patterns like (X * 2) + X ==> (X * 2) + (X * 1) ==> X * (2 + 1).
706 if (isa<Constant>(V))
707 return nullptr;
708
709 return ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(Opcode, V->getType());
710}
711
712/// This function predicates factorization using distributive laws. By default,
713/// it just returns the 'Op' inputs. But for special-cases like
714/// 'add(shl(X, 5), ...)', this function will have TopOpcode == Instruction::Add
715/// and Op = shl(X, 5). The 'shl' is treated as the more general 'mul X, 32' to
716/// allow more factorization opportunities.
719 Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS, BinaryOperator *OtherOp) {
720 assert(Op && "Expected a binary operator");
721 LHS = Op->getOperand(0);
722 RHS = Op->getOperand(1);
723 if (TopOpcode == Instruction::Add || TopOpcode == Instruction::Sub) {
724 Constant *C;
725 if (match(Op, m_Shl(m_Value(), m_ImmConstant(C)))) {
726 // X << C --> X * (1 << C)
728 Instruction::Shl, ConstantInt::get(Op->getType(), 1), C);
729 assert(RHS && "Constant folding of immediate constants failed");
730 return Instruction::Mul;
731 }
732 // TODO: We can add other conversions e.g. shr => div etc.
733 }
734 if (Instruction::isBitwiseLogicOp(TopOpcode)) {
735 if (OtherOp && OtherOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr &&
737 // lshr nneg C, X --> ashr nneg C, X
738 return Instruction::AShr;
739 }
740 }
741 return Op->getOpcode();
742}
743
744/// This tries to simplify binary operations by factorizing out common terms
745/// (e. g. "(A*B)+(A*C)" -> "A*(B+C)").
748 Instruction::BinaryOps InnerOpcode, Value *A,
749 Value *B, Value *C, Value *D) {
750 assert(A && B && C && D && "All values must be provided");
751
752 Value *V = nullptr;
753 Value *RetVal = nullptr;
754 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
755 Instruction::BinaryOps TopLevelOpcode = I.getOpcode();
756
757 // Does "X op' Y" always equal "Y op' X"?
758 bool InnerCommutative = Instruction::isCommutative(InnerOpcode);
759
760 // Does "X op' (Y op Z)" always equal "(X op' Y) op (X op' Z)"?
761 if (leftDistributesOverRight(InnerOpcode, TopLevelOpcode)) {
762 // Does the instruction have the form "(A op' B) op (A op' D)" or, in the
763 // commutative case, "(A op' B) op (C op' A)"?
764 if (A == C || (InnerCommutative && A == D)) {
765 if (A != C)
766 std::swap(C, D);
767 // Consider forming "A op' (B op D)".
768 // If "B op D" simplifies then it can be formed with no cost.
769 V = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, B, D, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I));
770
771 // If "B op D" doesn't simplify then only go on if one of the existing
772 // operations "A op' B" and "C op' D" will be zapped as no longer used.
773 if (!V && (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse()))
774 V = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, B, D, RHS->getName());
775 if (V)
776 RetVal = Builder.CreateBinOp(InnerOpcode, A, V);
777 }
778 }
779
780 // Does "(X op Y) op' Z" always equal "(X op' Z) op (Y op' Z)"?
781 if (!RetVal && rightDistributesOverLeft(TopLevelOpcode, InnerOpcode)) {
782 // Does the instruction have the form "(A op' B) op (C op' B)" or, in the
783 // commutative case, "(A op' B) op (B op' D)"?
784 if (B == D || (InnerCommutative && B == C)) {
785 if (B != D)
786 std::swap(C, D);
787 // Consider forming "(A op C) op' B".
788 // If "A op C" simplifies then it can be formed with no cost.
789 V = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I));
790
791 // If "A op C" doesn't simplify then only go on if one of the existing
792 // operations "A op' B" and "C op' D" will be zapped as no longer used.
793 if (!V && (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse()))
794 V = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C, LHS->getName());
795 if (V)
796 RetVal = Builder.CreateBinOp(InnerOpcode, V, B);
797 }
798 }
799
800 if (!RetVal)
801 return nullptr;
802
803 ++NumFactor;
804 RetVal->takeName(&I);
805
806 // Try to add no-overflow flags to the final value.
807 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(RetVal)) {
808 bool HasNSW = false;
809 bool HasNUW = false;
811 HasNSW = I.hasNoSignedWrap();
812 HasNUW = I.hasNoUnsignedWrap();
813 }
814 if (auto *LOBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(LHS)) {
815 HasNSW &= LOBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
816 HasNUW &= LOBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
817 }
818
819 if (auto *ROBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(RHS)) {
820 HasNSW &= ROBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
821 HasNUW &= ROBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
822 }
823
824 if (TopLevelOpcode == Instruction::Add && InnerOpcode == Instruction::Mul) {
825 // We can propagate 'nsw' if we know that
826 // %Y = mul nsw i16 %X, C
827 // %Z = add nsw i16 %Y, %X
828 // =>
829 // %Z = mul nsw i16 %X, C+1
830 //
831 // iff C+1 isn't INT_MIN
832 const APInt *CInt;
833 if (match(V, m_APInt(CInt)) && !CInt->isMinSignedValue())
834 cast<Instruction>(RetVal)->setHasNoSignedWrap(HasNSW);
835
836 // nuw can be propagated with any constant or nuw value.
837 cast<Instruction>(RetVal)->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(HasNUW);
838 }
839 }
840 return RetVal;
841}
842
843// If `I` has one Const operand and the other matches `(ctpop (not x))`,
844// replace `(ctpop (not x))` with `(sub nuw nsw BitWidth(x), (ctpop x))`.
845// This is only useful is the new subtract can fold so we only handle the
846// following cases:
847// 1) (add/sub/disjoint_or C, (ctpop (not x))
848// -> (add/sub/disjoint_or C', (ctpop x))
849// 1) (cmp pred C, (ctpop (not x))
850// -> (cmp pred C', (ctpop x))
852 unsigned Opc = I->getOpcode();
853 unsigned ConstIdx = 1;
854 switch (Opc) {
855 default:
856 return nullptr;
857 // (ctpop (not x)) <-> (sub nuw nsw BitWidth(x) - (ctpop x))
858 // We can fold the BitWidth(x) with add/sub/icmp as long the other operand
859 // is constant.
860 case Instruction::Sub:
861 ConstIdx = 0;
862 break;
863 case Instruction::ICmp:
864 // Signed predicates aren't correct in some edge cases like for i2 types, as
865 // well since (ctpop x) is known [0, log2(BitWidth(x))] almost all signed
866 // comparisons against it are simplfied to unsigned.
867 if (cast<ICmpInst>(I)->isSigned())
868 return nullptr;
869 break;
870 case Instruction::Or:
871 if (!match(I, m_DisjointOr(m_Value(), m_Value())))
872 return nullptr;
873 [[fallthrough]];
874 case Instruction::Add:
875 break;
876 }
877
878 Value *Op;
879 // Find ctpop.
880 if (!match(I->getOperand(1 - ConstIdx),
882 return nullptr;
883
884 Constant *C;
885 // Check other operand is ImmConstant.
886 if (!match(I->getOperand(ConstIdx), m_ImmConstant(C)))
887 return nullptr;
888
889 Type *Ty = Op->getType();
890 Constant *BitWidthC = ConstantInt::get(Ty, Ty->getScalarSizeInBits());
891 // Need extra check for icmp. Note if this check is true, it generally means
892 // the icmp will simplify to true/false.
893 if (Opc == Instruction::ICmp && !cast<ICmpInst>(I)->isEquality()) {
894 Constant *Cmp =
896 if (!Cmp || !Cmp->isNullValue())
897 return nullptr;
898 }
899
900 // Check we can invert `(not x)` for free.
901 bool Consumes = false;
902 if (!isFreeToInvert(Op, Op->hasOneUse(), Consumes) || !Consumes)
903 return nullptr;
904 Value *NotOp = getFreelyInverted(Op, Op->hasOneUse(), &Builder);
905 assert(NotOp != nullptr &&
906 "Desync between isFreeToInvert and getFreelyInverted");
907
908 Value *CtpopOfNotOp = Builder.CreateIntrinsic(Ty, Intrinsic::ctpop, NotOp);
909
910 Value *R = nullptr;
911
912 // Do the transformation here to avoid potentially introducing an infinite
913 // loop.
914 switch (Opc) {
915 case Instruction::Sub:
916 R = Builder.CreateAdd(CtpopOfNotOp, ConstantExpr::getSub(C, BitWidthC));
917 break;
918 case Instruction::Or:
919 case Instruction::Add:
920 R = Builder.CreateSub(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, BitWidthC), CtpopOfNotOp);
921 break;
922 case Instruction::ICmp:
923 R = Builder.CreateICmp(cast<ICmpInst>(I)->getSwappedPredicate(),
924 CtpopOfNotOp, ConstantExpr::getSub(BitWidthC, C));
925 break;
926 default:
927 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Opcode");
928 }
929 assert(R != nullptr);
930 return replaceInstUsesWith(*I, R);
931}
932
933// (Binop1 (Binop2 (logic_shift X, C), C1), (logic_shift Y, C))
934// IFF
935// 1) the logic_shifts match
936// 2) either both binops are binops and one is `and` or
937// BinOp1 is `and`
938// (logic_shift (inv_logic_shift C1, C), C) == C1 or
939//
940// -> (logic_shift (Binop1 (Binop2 X, inv_logic_shift(C1, C)), Y), C)
941//
942// (Binop1 (Binop2 (logic_shift X, Amt), Mask), (logic_shift Y, Amt))
943// IFF
944// 1) the logic_shifts match
945// 2) BinOp1 == BinOp2 (if BinOp == `add`, then also requires `shl`).
946//
947// -> (BinOp (logic_shift (BinOp X, Y)), Mask)
948//
949// (Binop1 (Binop2 (arithmetic_shift X, Amt), Mask), (arithmetic_shift Y, Amt))
950// IFF
951// 1) Binop1 is bitwise logical operator `and`, `or` or `xor`
952// 2) Binop2 is `not`
953//
954// -> (arithmetic_shift Binop1((not X), Y), Amt)
955
957 const DataLayout &DL = I.getDataLayout();
958 auto IsValidBinOpc = [](unsigned Opc) {
959 switch (Opc) {
960 default:
961 return false;
962 case Instruction::And:
963 case Instruction::Or:
964 case Instruction::Xor:
965 case Instruction::Add:
966 // Skip Sub as we only match constant masks which will canonicalize to use
967 // add.
968 return true;
969 }
970 };
971
972 // Check if we can distribute binop arbitrarily. `add` + `lshr` has extra
973 // constraints.
974 auto IsCompletelyDistributable = [](unsigned BinOpc1, unsigned BinOpc2,
975 unsigned ShOpc) {
976 assert(ShOpc != Instruction::AShr);
977 return (BinOpc1 != Instruction::Add && BinOpc2 != Instruction::Add) ||
978 ShOpc == Instruction::Shl;
979 };
980
981 auto GetInvShift = [](unsigned ShOpc) {
982 assert(ShOpc != Instruction::AShr);
983 return ShOpc == Instruction::LShr ? Instruction::Shl : Instruction::LShr;
984 };
985
986 auto CanDistributeBinops = [&](unsigned BinOpc1, unsigned BinOpc2,
987 unsigned ShOpc, Constant *CMask,
988 Constant *CShift) {
989 // If the BinOp1 is `and` we don't need to check the mask.
990 if (BinOpc1 == Instruction::And)
991 return true;
992
993 // For all other possible transfers we need complete distributable
994 // binop/shift (anything but `add` + `lshr`).
995 if (!IsCompletelyDistributable(BinOpc1, BinOpc2, ShOpc))
996 return false;
997
998 // If BinOp2 is `and`, any mask works (this only really helps for non-splat
999 // vecs, otherwise the mask will be simplified and the following check will
1000 // handle it).
1001 if (BinOpc2 == Instruction::And)
1002 return true;
1003
1004 // Otherwise, need mask that meets the below requirement.
1005 // (logic_shift (inv_logic_shift Mask, ShAmt), ShAmt) == Mask
1006 Constant *MaskInvShift =
1007 ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(GetInvShift(ShOpc), CMask, CShift, DL);
1008 return ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(ShOpc, MaskInvShift, CShift, DL) ==
1009 CMask;
1010 };
1011
1012 auto MatchBinOp = [&](unsigned ShOpnum) -> Instruction * {
1013 Constant *CMask, *CShift;
1014 Value *X, *Y, *ShiftedX, *Mask, *Shift;
1015 if (!match(I.getOperand(ShOpnum),
1016 m_OneUse(m_Shift(m_Value(Y), m_Value(Shift)))))
1017 return nullptr;
1018 if (!match(I.getOperand(1 - ShOpnum),
1020 m_OneUse(m_Shift(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Shift))),
1021 m_Value(ShiftedX)),
1022 m_Value(Mask))))
1023 return nullptr;
1024 // Make sure we are matching instruction shifts and not ConstantExpr
1025 auto *IY = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(ShOpnum));
1026 auto *IX = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ShiftedX);
1027 if (!IY || !IX)
1028 return nullptr;
1029
1030 // LHS and RHS need same shift opcode
1031 unsigned ShOpc = IY->getOpcode();
1032 if (ShOpc != IX->getOpcode())
1033 return nullptr;
1034
1035 // Make sure binop is real instruction and not ConstantExpr
1036 auto *BO2 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(1 - ShOpnum));
1037 if (!BO2)
1038 return nullptr;
1039
1040 unsigned BinOpc = BO2->getOpcode();
1041 // Make sure we have valid binops.
1042 if (!IsValidBinOpc(I.getOpcode()) || !IsValidBinOpc(BinOpc))
1043 return nullptr;
1044
1045 if (ShOpc == Instruction::AShr) {
1046 if (Instruction::isBitwiseLogicOp(I.getOpcode()) &&
1047 BinOpc == Instruction::Xor && match(Mask, m_AllOnes())) {
1048 Value *NotX = Builder.CreateNot(X);
1049 Value *NewBinOp = Builder.CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), Y, NotX);
1051 static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(ShOpc), NewBinOp, Shift);
1052 }
1053
1054 return nullptr;
1055 }
1056
1057 // If BinOp1 == BinOp2 and it's bitwise or shl with add, then just
1058 // distribute to drop the shift irrelevant of constants.
1059 if (BinOpc == I.getOpcode() &&
1060 IsCompletelyDistributable(I.getOpcode(), BinOpc, ShOpc)) {
1061 Value *NewBinOp2 = Builder.CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), X, Y);
1062 Value *NewBinOp1 = Builder.CreateBinOp(
1063 static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(ShOpc), NewBinOp2, Shift);
1064 return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), NewBinOp1, Mask);
1065 }
1066
1067 // Otherwise we can only distribute by constant shifting the mask, so
1068 // ensure we have constants.
1069 if (!match(Shift, m_ImmConstant(CShift)))
1070 return nullptr;
1071 if (!match(Mask, m_ImmConstant(CMask)))
1072 return nullptr;
1073
1074 // Check if we can distribute the binops.
1075 if (!CanDistributeBinops(I.getOpcode(), BinOpc, ShOpc, CMask, CShift))
1076 return nullptr;
1077
1078 Constant *NewCMask =
1079 ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(GetInvShift(ShOpc), CMask, CShift, DL);
1080 Value *NewBinOp2 = Builder.CreateBinOp(
1081 static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(BinOpc), X, NewCMask);
1082 Value *NewBinOp1 = Builder.CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), Y, NewBinOp2);
1083 return BinaryOperator::Create(static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(ShOpc),
1084 NewBinOp1, CShift);
1085 };
1086
1087 if (Instruction *R = MatchBinOp(0))
1088 return R;
1089 return MatchBinOp(1);
1090}
1091
1092// (Binop (zext C), (select C, T, F))
1093// -> (select C, (binop 1, T), (binop 0, F))
1094//
1095// (Binop (sext C), (select C, T, F))
1096// -> (select C, (binop -1, T), (binop 0, F))
1097//
1098// Attempt to simplify binary operations into a select with folded args, when
1099// one operand of the binop is a select instruction and the other operand is a
1100// zext/sext extension, whose value is the select condition.
1103 // TODO: this simplification may be extended to any speculatable instruction,
1104 // not just binops, and would possibly be handled better in FoldOpIntoSelect.
1105 Instruction::BinaryOps Opc = I.getOpcode();
1106 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
1107 Value *A, *CondVal, *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
1108 Value *CastOp;
1109 Constant *CastTrueVal, *CastFalseVal;
1110
1111 auto MatchSelectAndCast = [&](Value *CastOp, Value *SelectOp) {
1112 return match(CastOp, m_SelectLike(m_Value(A), m_Constant(CastTrueVal),
1113 m_Constant(CastFalseVal))) &&
1114 match(SelectOp, m_Select(m_Value(CondVal), m_Value(TrueVal),
1115 m_Value(FalseVal)));
1116 };
1117
1118 // Make sure one side of the binop is a select instruction, and the other is a
1119 // zero/sign extension operating on a i1.
1120 if (MatchSelectAndCast(LHS, RHS))
1121 CastOp = LHS;
1122 else if (MatchSelectAndCast(RHS, LHS))
1123 CastOp = RHS;
1124 else
1125 return nullptr;
1126
1128 ? nullptr
1129 : cast<SelectInst>(CastOp == LHS ? RHS : LHS);
1130
1131 auto NewFoldedConst = [&](bool IsTrueArm, Value *V) {
1132 bool IsCastOpRHS = (CastOp == RHS);
1133 Value *CastVal = IsTrueArm ? CastFalseVal : CastTrueVal;
1134
1135 return IsCastOpRHS ? Builder.CreateBinOp(Opc, V, CastVal)
1136 : Builder.CreateBinOp(Opc, CastVal, V);
1137 };
1138
1139 // If the value used in the zext/sext is the select condition, or the negated
1140 // of the select condition, the binop can be simplified.
1141 if (CondVal == A) {
1142 Value *NewTrueVal = NewFoldedConst(false, TrueVal);
1143 return SelectInst::Create(CondVal, NewTrueVal,
1144 NewFoldedConst(true, FalseVal), "", nullptr, SI);
1145 }
1146 if (match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(CondVal)))) {
1147 Value *NewTrueVal = NewFoldedConst(true, TrueVal);
1148 return SelectInst::Create(CondVal, NewTrueVal,
1149 NewFoldedConst(false, FalseVal), "", nullptr, SI);
1150 }
1151
1152 return nullptr;
1153}
1154
1156 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
1159 Instruction::BinaryOps TopLevelOpcode = I.getOpcode();
1160 Value *A, *B, *C, *D;
1161 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSOpcode, RHSOpcode;
1162
1163 if (Op0)
1164 LHSOpcode = getBinOpsForFactorization(TopLevelOpcode, Op0, A, B, Op1);
1165 if (Op1)
1166 RHSOpcode = getBinOpsForFactorization(TopLevelOpcode, Op1, C, D, Op0);
1167
1168 // The instruction has the form "(A op' B) op (C op' D)". Try to factorize
1169 // a common term.
1170 if (Op0 && Op1 && LHSOpcode == RHSOpcode)
1171 if (Value *V = tryFactorization(I, SQ, Builder, LHSOpcode, A, B, C, D))
1172 return V;
1173
1174 // The instruction has the form "(A op' B) op (C)". Try to factorize common
1175 // term.
1176 if (Op0)
1177 if (Value *Ident = getIdentityValue(LHSOpcode, RHS))
1178 if (Value *V =
1179 tryFactorization(I, SQ, Builder, LHSOpcode, A, B, RHS, Ident))
1180 return V;
1181
1182 // The instruction has the form "(B) op (C op' D)". Try to factorize common
1183 // term.
1184 if (Op1)
1185 if (Value *Ident = getIdentityValue(RHSOpcode, LHS))
1186 if (Value *V =
1187 tryFactorization(I, SQ, Builder, RHSOpcode, LHS, Ident, C, D))
1188 return V;
1189
1190 return nullptr;
1191}
1192
1193/// This tries to simplify binary operations which some other binary operation
1194/// distributes over either by factorizing out common terms
1195/// (eg "(A*B)+(A*C)" -> "A*(B+C)") or expanding out if this results in
1196/// simplifications (eg: "A & (B | C) -> (A&B) | (A&C)" if this is a win).
1197/// Returns the simplified value, or null if it didn't simplify.
1199 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
1202 Instruction::BinaryOps TopLevelOpcode = I.getOpcode();
1203
1204 // Factorization.
1205 if (Value *R = tryFactorizationFolds(I))
1206 return R;
1207
1208 // Expansion.
1209 if (Op0 && rightDistributesOverLeft(Op0->getOpcode(), TopLevelOpcode)) {
1210 // The instruction has the form "(A op' B) op C". See if expanding it out
1211 // to "(A op C) op' (B op C)" results in simplifications.
1212 Value *A = Op0->getOperand(0), *B = Op0->getOperand(1), *C = RHS;
1213 Instruction::BinaryOps InnerOpcode = Op0->getOpcode(); // op'
1214
1215 // Disable the use of undef because it's not safe to distribute undef.
1216 auto SQDistributive = SQ.getWithInstruction(&I).getWithoutUndef();
1217 Value *L = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C, SQDistributive);
1218 Value *R = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, B, C, SQDistributive);
1219
1220 // Do "A op C" and "B op C" both simplify?
1221 if (L && R) {
1222 // They do! Return "L op' R".
1223 ++NumExpand;
1224 C = Builder.CreateBinOp(InnerOpcode, L, R);
1225 C->takeName(&I);
1226 return C;
1227 }
1228
1229 // Does "A op C" simplify to the identity value for the inner opcode?
1230 if (L && L == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(InnerOpcode, L->getType())) {
1231 // They do! Return "B op C".
1232 ++NumExpand;
1233 C = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, B, C);
1234 C->takeName(&I);
1235 return C;
1236 }
1237
1238 // Does "B op C" simplify to the identity value for the inner opcode?
1239 if (R && R == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(InnerOpcode, R->getType())) {
1240 // They do! Return "A op C".
1241 ++NumExpand;
1242 C = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C);
1243 C->takeName(&I);
1244 return C;
1245 }
1246 }
1247
1248 if (Op1 && leftDistributesOverRight(TopLevelOpcode, Op1->getOpcode())) {
1249 // The instruction has the form "A op (B op' C)". See if expanding it out
1250 // to "(A op B) op' (A op C)" results in simplifications.
1251 Value *A = LHS, *B = Op1->getOperand(0), *C = Op1->getOperand(1);
1252 Instruction::BinaryOps InnerOpcode = Op1->getOpcode(); // op'
1253
1254 // Disable the use of undef because it's not safe to distribute undef.
1255 auto SQDistributive = SQ.getWithInstruction(&I).getWithoutUndef();
1256 Value *L = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, B, SQDistributive);
1257 Value *R = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C, SQDistributive);
1258
1259 // Do "A op B" and "A op C" both simplify?
1260 if (L && R) {
1261 // They do! Return "L op' R".
1262 ++NumExpand;
1263 A = Builder.CreateBinOp(InnerOpcode, L, R);
1264 A->takeName(&I);
1265 return A;
1266 }
1267
1268 // Does "A op B" simplify to the identity value for the inner opcode?
1269 if (L && L == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(InnerOpcode, L->getType())) {
1270 // They do! Return "A op C".
1271 ++NumExpand;
1272 A = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C);
1273 A->takeName(&I);
1274 return A;
1275 }
1276
1277 // Does "A op C" simplify to the identity value for the inner opcode?
1278 if (R && R == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(InnerOpcode, R->getType())) {
1279 // They do! Return "A op B".
1280 ++NumExpand;
1281 A = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, B);
1282 A->takeName(&I);
1283 return A;
1284 }
1285 }
1286
1287 return SimplifySelectsFeedingBinaryOp(I, LHS, RHS);
1288}
1289
1290static std::optional<std::pair<Value *, Value *>>
1292 if (LHS->getParent() != RHS->getParent())
1293 return std::nullopt;
1294
1295 if (LHS->getNumIncomingValues() < 2)
1296 return std::nullopt;
1297
1298 if (!equal(LHS->blocks(), RHS->blocks()))
1299 return std::nullopt;
1300
1301 Value *L0 = LHS->getIncomingValue(0);
1302 Value *R0 = RHS->getIncomingValue(0);
1303
1304 for (unsigned I = 1, E = LHS->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
1305 Value *L1 = LHS->getIncomingValue(I);
1306 Value *R1 = RHS->getIncomingValue(I);
1307
1308 if ((L0 == L1 && R0 == R1) || (L0 == R1 && R0 == L1))
1309 continue;
1310
1311 return std::nullopt;
1312 }
1313
1314 return std::optional(std::pair(L0, R0));
1315}
1316
1317std::optional<std::pair<Value *, Value *>>
1318InstCombinerImpl::matchSymmetricPair(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1321 if (!LHSInst || !RHSInst || LHSInst->getOpcode() != RHSInst->getOpcode())
1322 return std::nullopt;
1323 switch (LHSInst->getOpcode()) {
1324 case Instruction::PHI:
1326 case Instruction::Select: {
1327 Value *Cond = LHSInst->getOperand(0);
1328 Value *TrueVal = LHSInst->getOperand(1);
1329 Value *FalseVal = LHSInst->getOperand(2);
1330 if (Cond == RHSInst->getOperand(0) && TrueVal == RHSInst->getOperand(2) &&
1331 FalseVal == RHSInst->getOperand(1))
1332 return std::pair(TrueVal, FalseVal);
1333 return std::nullopt;
1334 }
1335 case Instruction::Call: {
1336 // Match min(a, b) and max(a, b)
1337 MinMaxIntrinsic *LHSMinMax = dyn_cast<MinMaxIntrinsic>(LHSInst);
1338 MinMaxIntrinsic *RHSMinMax = dyn_cast<MinMaxIntrinsic>(RHSInst);
1339 if (LHSMinMax && RHSMinMax &&
1340 LHSMinMax->getPredicate() ==
1342 ((LHSMinMax->getLHS() == RHSMinMax->getLHS() &&
1343 LHSMinMax->getRHS() == RHSMinMax->getRHS()) ||
1344 (LHSMinMax->getLHS() == RHSMinMax->getRHS() &&
1345 LHSMinMax->getRHS() == RHSMinMax->getLHS())))
1346 return std::pair(LHSMinMax->getLHS(), LHSMinMax->getRHS());
1347 return std::nullopt;
1348 }
1349 default:
1350 return std::nullopt;
1351 }
1352}
1353
1355 Value *LHS,
1356 Value *RHS) {
1357 Value *A, *B, *C, *D, *E, *F;
1358 bool LHSIsSelect = match(LHS, m_Select(m_Value(A), m_Value(B), m_Value(C)));
1359 bool RHSIsSelect = match(RHS, m_Select(m_Value(D), m_Value(E), m_Value(F)));
1360 if (!LHSIsSelect && !RHSIsSelect)
1361 return nullptr;
1362
1364 ? nullptr
1365 : cast<SelectInst>(LHSIsSelect ? LHS : RHS);
1366
1367 FastMathFlags FMF;
1369 if (const auto *FPOp = dyn_cast<FPMathOperator>(&I)) {
1370 FMF = FPOp->getFastMathFlags();
1371 Builder.setFastMathFlags(FMF);
1372 }
1373
1374 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
1375 SimplifyQuery Q = SQ.getWithInstruction(&I);
1376
1377 Value *Cond, *True = nullptr, *False = nullptr;
1378
1379 // Special-case for add/negate combination. Replace the zero in the negation
1380 // with the trailing add operand:
1381 // (Cond ? TVal : -N) + Z --> Cond ? True : (Z - N)
1382 // (Cond ? -N : FVal) + Z --> Cond ? (Z - N) : False
1383 auto foldAddNegate = [&](Value *TVal, Value *FVal, Value *Z) -> Value * {
1384 // We need an 'add' and exactly 1 arm of the select to have been simplified.
1385 if (Opcode != Instruction::Add || (!True && !False) || (True && False))
1386 return nullptr;
1387 Value *N;
1388 if (True && match(FVal, m_Neg(m_Value(N)))) {
1389 Value *Sub = Builder.CreateSub(Z, N);
1390 return Builder.CreateSelect(Cond, True, Sub, I.getName(), SI);
1391 }
1392 if (False && match(TVal, m_Neg(m_Value(N)))) {
1393 Value *Sub = Builder.CreateSub(Z, N);
1394 return Builder.CreateSelect(Cond, Sub, False, I.getName(), SI);
1395 }
1396 return nullptr;
1397 };
1398
1399 if (LHSIsSelect && RHSIsSelect && A == D) {
1400 // (A ? B : C) op (A ? E : F) -> A ? (B op E) : (C op F)
1401 Cond = A;
1402 True = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B, E, FMF, Q);
1403 False = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, F, FMF, Q);
1404
1405 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && RHS->hasOneUse()) {
1406 if (False && !True)
1407 True = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, B, E);
1408 else if (True && !False)
1409 False = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, C, F);
1410 }
1411 } else if (LHSIsSelect && LHS->hasOneUse()) {
1412 // (A ? B : C) op Y -> A ? (B op Y) : (C op Y)
1413 Cond = A;
1414 True = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B, RHS, FMF, Q);
1415 False = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, RHS, FMF, Q);
1416 if (Value *NewSel = foldAddNegate(B, C, RHS))
1417 return NewSel;
1418 } else if (RHSIsSelect && RHS->hasOneUse()) {
1419 // X op (D ? E : F) -> D ? (X op E) : (X op F)
1420 Cond = D;
1421 True = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, E, FMF, Q);
1422 False = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, F, FMF, Q);
1423 if (Value *NewSel = foldAddNegate(E, F, LHS))
1424 return NewSel;
1425 }
1426
1427 if (!True || !False)
1428 return nullptr;
1429
1430 Value *NewSI = Builder.CreateSelect(Cond, True, False, I.getName(), SI);
1431 NewSI->takeName(&I);
1432 return NewSI;
1433}
1434
1435/// Freely adapt every user of V as-if V was changed to !V.
1436/// WARNING: only if canFreelyInvertAllUsersOf() said this can be done.
1438 assert(!isa<Constant>(I) && "Shouldn't invert users of constant");
1439 for (User *U : make_early_inc_range(I->users())) {
1440 if (U == IgnoredUser)
1441 continue; // Don't consider this user.
1442 switch (cast<Instruction>(U)->getOpcode()) {
1443 case Instruction::Select: {
1444 auto *SI = cast<SelectInst>(U);
1445 SI->swapValues();
1446 SI->swapProfMetadata();
1447 break;
1448 }
1449 case Instruction::CondBr: {
1451 BI->swapSuccessors(); // swaps prof metadata too
1452 if (BPI)
1453 BPI->swapSuccEdgesProbabilities(BI->getParent());
1454 break;
1455 }
1456 case Instruction::Xor:
1458 // Add to worklist for DCE.
1460 break;
1461 default:
1462 llvm_unreachable("Got unexpected user - out of sync with "
1463 "canFreelyInvertAllUsersOf() ?");
1464 }
1465 }
1466
1467 // Update pre-existing debug value uses.
1468 SmallVector<DbgVariableRecord *, 4> DbgVariableRecords;
1469 llvm::findDbgValues(I, DbgVariableRecords);
1470
1471 for (DbgVariableRecord *DbgVal : DbgVariableRecords) {
1472 SmallVector<uint64_t, 1> Ops = {dwarf::DW_OP_not};
1473 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = DbgVal->getNumVariableLocationOps();
1474 Idx != End; ++Idx)
1475 if (DbgVal->getVariableLocationOp(Idx) == I)
1476 DbgVal->setExpression(
1477 DIExpression::appendOpsToArg(DbgVal->getExpression(), Ops, Idx));
1478 }
1479}
1480
1481/// Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction if the LHS is a
1482/// constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
1483Value *InstCombinerImpl::dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) const {
1484 Value *NegV;
1485 if (match(V, m_Neg(m_Value(NegV))))
1486 return NegV;
1487
1488 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
1490 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
1491
1493 if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isIntegerTy())
1494 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
1495
1497 for (unsigned i = 0, e = CV->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1498 Constant *Elt = CV->getAggregateElement(i);
1499 if (!Elt)
1500 return nullptr;
1501
1502 if (isa<UndefValue>(Elt))
1503 continue;
1504
1505 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Elt))
1506 return nullptr;
1507 }
1508 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(CV);
1509 }
1510
1511 // Negate integer vector splats.
1512 if (auto *CV = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
1513 if (CV->getType()->isVectorTy() &&
1514 CV->getType()->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy() && CV->getSplatValue())
1515 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(CV);
1516
1517 return nullptr;
1518}
1519
1520// Try to fold:
1521// 1) (fp_binop ({s|u}itofp x), ({s|u}itofp y))
1522// -> ({s|u}itofp (int_binop x, y))
1523// 2) (fp_binop ({s|u}itofp x), FpC)
1524// -> ({s|u}itofp (int_binop x, (fpto{s|u}i FpC)))
1525//
1526// Assuming the sign of the cast for x/y is `OpsFromSigned`.
1527Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::foldFBinOpOfIntCastsFromSign(
1528 BinaryOperator &BO, bool OpsFromSigned, std::array<Value *, 2> IntOps,
1530
1531 Type *FPTy = BO.getType();
1532 Type *IntTy = IntOps[0]->getType();
1533
1534 unsigned IntSz = IntTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
1535 // This is the maximum number of inuse bits by the integer where the int -> fp
1536 // casts are exact.
1537 unsigned MaxRepresentableBits =
1539
1540 // Preserve known number of leading bits. This can allow us to trivial nsw/nuw
1541 // checks later on.
1542 unsigned NumUsedLeadingBits[2] = {IntSz, IntSz};
1543
1544 // NB: This only comes up if OpsFromSigned is true, so there is no need to
1545 // cache if between calls to `foldFBinOpOfIntCastsFromSign`.
1546 auto IsNonZero = [&](unsigned OpNo) -> bool {
1547 if (OpsKnown[OpNo].hasKnownBits() &&
1548 OpsKnown[OpNo].getKnownBits(SQ).isNonZero())
1549 return true;
1550 return isKnownNonZero(IntOps[OpNo], SQ);
1551 };
1552
1553 auto IsNonNeg = [&](unsigned OpNo) -> bool {
1554 // NB: This matches the impl in ValueTracking, we just try to use cached
1555 // knownbits here. If we ever start supporting WithCache for
1556 // `isKnownNonNegative`, change this to an explicit call.
1557 return OpsKnown[OpNo].getKnownBits(SQ).isNonNegative();
1558 };
1559
1560 // Check if we know for certain that ({s|u}itofp op) is exact.
1561 auto IsValidPromotion = [&](unsigned OpNo) -> bool {
1562 // Can we treat this operand as the desired sign?
1563 if (OpsFromSigned != isa<SIToFPInst>(BO.getOperand(OpNo)) &&
1564 !IsNonNeg(OpNo))
1565 return false;
1566
1567 // If fp precision >= bitwidth(op) then its exact.
1568 // NB: This is slightly conservative for `sitofp`. For signed conversion, we
1569 // can handle `MaxRepresentableBits == IntSz - 1` as the sign bit will be
1570 // handled specially. We can't, however, increase the bound arbitrarily for
1571 // `sitofp` as for larger sizes, it won't sign extend.
1572 if (MaxRepresentableBits < IntSz) {
1573 // Otherwise if its signed cast check that fp precisions >= bitwidth(op) -
1574 // numSignBits(op).
1575 // TODO: If we add support for `WithCache` in `ComputeNumSignBits`, change
1576 // `IntOps[OpNo]` arguments to `KnownOps[OpNo]`.
1577 if (OpsFromSigned)
1578 NumUsedLeadingBits[OpNo] = IntSz - ComputeNumSignBits(IntOps[OpNo]);
1579 // Finally for unsigned check that fp precision >= bitwidth(op) -
1580 // numLeadingZeros(op).
1581 else {
1582 NumUsedLeadingBits[OpNo] =
1583 IntSz - OpsKnown[OpNo].getKnownBits(SQ).countMinLeadingZeros();
1584 }
1585 }
1586 // NB: We could also check if op is known to be a power of 2 or zero (which
1587 // will always be representable). Its unlikely, however, that is we are
1588 // unable to bound op in any way we will be able to pass the overflow checks
1589 // later on.
1590
1591 if (MaxRepresentableBits < NumUsedLeadingBits[OpNo])
1592 return false;
1593 // Signed + Mul also requires that op is non-zero to avoid -0 cases.
1594 return !OpsFromSigned || BO.getOpcode() != Instruction::FMul ||
1595 IsNonZero(OpNo);
1596 };
1597
1598 // If we have a constant rhs, see if we can losslessly convert it to an int.
1599 if (Op1FpC != nullptr) {
1600 // Signed + Mul req non-zero
1601 if (OpsFromSigned && BO.getOpcode() == Instruction::FMul &&
1602 !match(Op1FpC, m_NonZeroFP()))
1603 return nullptr;
1604
1606 OpsFromSigned ? Instruction::FPToSI : Instruction::FPToUI, Op1FpC,
1607 IntTy, DL);
1608 if (Op1IntC == nullptr)
1609 return nullptr;
1610 if (ConstantFoldCastOperand(OpsFromSigned ? Instruction::SIToFP
1611 : Instruction::UIToFP,
1612 Op1IntC, FPTy, DL) != Op1FpC)
1613 return nullptr;
1614
1615 // First try to keep sign of cast the same.
1616 IntOps[1] = Op1IntC;
1617 }
1618
1619 // Ensure lhs/rhs integer types match.
1620 if (IntTy != IntOps[1]->getType())
1621 return nullptr;
1622
1623 if (Op1FpC == nullptr) {
1624 if (!IsValidPromotion(1))
1625 return nullptr;
1626 }
1627 if (!IsValidPromotion(0))
1628 return nullptr;
1629
1630 // Final we check if the integer version of the binop will not overflow.
1632 // Because of the precision check, we can often rule out overflows.
1633 bool NeedsOverflowCheck = true;
1634 // Try to conservatively rule out overflow based on the already done precision
1635 // checks.
1636 unsigned OverflowMaxOutputBits = OpsFromSigned ? 2 : 1;
1637 unsigned OverflowMaxCurBits =
1638 std::max(NumUsedLeadingBits[0], NumUsedLeadingBits[1]);
1639 bool OutputSigned = OpsFromSigned;
1640 switch (BO.getOpcode()) {
1641 case Instruction::FAdd:
1642 IntOpc = Instruction::Add;
1643 OverflowMaxOutputBits += OverflowMaxCurBits;
1644 break;
1645 case Instruction::FSub:
1646 IntOpc = Instruction::Sub;
1647 OverflowMaxOutputBits += OverflowMaxCurBits;
1648 break;
1649 case Instruction::FMul:
1650 IntOpc = Instruction::Mul;
1651 OverflowMaxOutputBits += OverflowMaxCurBits * 2;
1652 break;
1653 default:
1654 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported binop");
1655 }
1656 // The precision check may have already ruled out overflow.
1657 if (OverflowMaxOutputBits < IntSz) {
1658 NeedsOverflowCheck = false;
1659 // We can bound unsigned overflow from sub to in range signed value (this is
1660 // what allows us to avoid the overflow check for sub).
1661 if (IntOpc == Instruction::Sub)
1662 OutputSigned = true;
1663 }
1664
1665 // Precision check did not rule out overflow, so need to check.
1666 // TODO: If we add support for `WithCache` in `willNotOverflow`, change
1667 // `IntOps[...]` arguments to `KnownOps[...]`.
1668 if (NeedsOverflowCheck &&
1669 !willNotOverflow(IntOpc, IntOps[0], IntOps[1], BO, OutputSigned))
1670 return nullptr;
1671
1672 Value *IntBinOp = Builder.CreateBinOp(IntOpc, IntOps[0], IntOps[1]);
1673 if (auto *IntBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(IntBinOp)) {
1674 IntBO->setHasNoSignedWrap(OutputSigned);
1675 IntBO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(!OutputSigned);
1676 }
1677 if (OutputSigned)
1678 return new SIToFPInst(IntBinOp, FPTy);
1679 return new UIToFPInst(IntBinOp, FPTy);
1680}
1681
1682// Try to fold:
1683// 1) (fp_binop ({s|u}itofp x), ({s|u}itofp y))
1684// -> ({s|u}itofp (int_binop x, y))
1685// 2) (fp_binop ({s|u}itofp x), FpC)
1686// -> ({s|u}itofp (int_binop x, (fpto{s|u}i FpC)))
1687Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::foldFBinOpOfIntCasts(BinaryOperator &BO) {
1688 // Don't perform the fold on vectors, as the integer operation may be much
1689 // more expensive than the float operation in that case.
1690 if (BO.getType()->isVectorTy())
1691 return nullptr;
1692
1693 std::array<Value *, 2> IntOps = {nullptr, nullptr};
1694 Constant *Op1FpC = nullptr;
1695 // Check for:
1696 // 1) (binop ({s|u}itofp x), ({s|u}itofp y))
1697 // 2) (binop ({s|u}itofp x), FpC)
1698 if (!match(BO.getOperand(0), m_SIToFP(m_Value(IntOps[0]))) &&
1699 !match(BO.getOperand(0), m_UIToFP(m_Value(IntOps[0]))))
1700 return nullptr;
1701
1702 if (!match(BO.getOperand(1), m_Constant(Op1FpC)) &&
1703 !match(BO.getOperand(1), m_SIToFP(m_Value(IntOps[1]))) &&
1704 !match(BO.getOperand(1), m_UIToFP(m_Value(IntOps[1]))))
1705 return nullptr;
1706
1707 // Cache KnownBits a bit to potentially save some analysis.
1708 SmallVector<WithCache<const Value *>, 2> OpsKnown = {IntOps[0], IntOps[1]};
1709
1710 // Try treating x/y as coming from both `uitofp` and `sitofp`. There are
1711 // different constraints depending on the sign of the cast.
1712 // NB: `(uitofp nneg X)` == `(sitofp nneg X)`.
1713 if (Instruction *R = foldFBinOpOfIntCastsFromSign(BO, /*OpsFromSigned=*/false,
1714 IntOps, Op1FpC, OpsKnown))
1715 return R;
1716 return foldFBinOpOfIntCastsFromSign(BO, /*OpsFromSigned=*/true, IntOps,
1717 Op1FpC, OpsKnown);
1718}
1719
1720/// A binop with a constant operand and a sign-extended boolean operand may be
1721/// converted into a select of constants by applying the binary operation to
1722/// the constant with the two possible values of the extended boolean (0 or -1).
1723Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::foldBinopOfSextBoolToSelect(BinaryOperator &BO) {
1724 // TODO: Handle non-commutative binop (constant is operand 0).
1725 // TODO: Handle zext.
1726 // TODO: Peek through 'not' of cast.
1727 Value *BO0 = BO.getOperand(0);
1728 Value *BO1 = BO.getOperand(1);
1729 Value *X;
1730 Constant *C;
1731 if (!match(BO0, m_SExt(m_Value(X))) || !match(BO1, m_ImmConstant(C)) ||
1732 !X->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
1733 return nullptr;
1734
1735 // bo (sext i1 X), C --> select X, (bo -1, C), (bo 0, C)
1738 Value *TVal = Builder.CreateBinOp(BO.getOpcode(), Ones, C);
1739 Value *FVal = Builder.CreateBinOp(BO.getOpcode(), Zero, C);
1740 return createSelectInstWithUnknownProfile(X, TVal, FVal);
1741}
1742
1744 bool IsTrueArm) {
1746 for (Value *Op : I.operands()) {
1747 Value *V = nullptr;
1748 if (Op == SI) {
1749 V = IsTrueArm ? SI->getTrueValue() : SI->getFalseValue();
1750 } else if (match(SI->getCondition(),
1753 m_Specific(Op), m_Value(V))) &&
1755 // Pass
1756 } else if (match(Op, m_ZExt(m_Specific(SI->getCondition())))) {
1757 V = IsTrueArm ? ConstantInt::get(Op->getType(), 1)
1758 : ConstantInt::getNullValue(Op->getType());
1759 } else {
1760 V = Op;
1761 }
1762 Ops.push_back(V);
1763 }
1764
1765 return simplifyInstructionWithOperands(&I, Ops, I.getDataLayout());
1766}
1767
1769 Value *NewOp, InstCombiner &IC) {
1770 Instruction *Clone = I.clone();
1771 Clone->replaceUsesOfWith(SI, NewOp);
1773 IC.InsertNewInstBefore(Clone, I.getIterator());
1774 return Clone;
1775}
1776
1778 bool FoldWithMultiUse,
1779 bool SimplifyBothArms) {
1780 // Don't modify shared select instructions unless set FoldWithMultiUse
1781 if (!SI->hasOneUser() && !FoldWithMultiUse)
1782 return nullptr;
1783
1784 Value *TV = SI->getTrueValue();
1785 Value *FV = SI->getFalseValue();
1786
1787 // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
1788 if (SI->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
1789 return nullptr;
1790
1791 // Avoid breaking min/max reduction pattern,
1792 // which is necessary for vectorization later.
1794 for (Value *IntrinOp : Op.operands())
1795 if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(IntrinOp))
1796 for (Value *PhiOp : PN->operands())
1797 if (PhiOp == &Op)
1798 return nullptr;
1799
1800 // Test if a FCmpInst instruction is used exclusively by a select as
1801 // part of a minimum or maximum operation. If so, refrain from doing
1802 // any other folding. This helps out other analyses which understand
1803 // non-obfuscated minimum and maximum idioms. And in this case, at
1804 // least one of the comparison operands has at least one user besides
1805 // the compare (the select), which would often largely negate the
1806 // benefit of folding anyway.
1807 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(SI->getCondition())) {
1808 if (CI->hasOneUse()) {
1809 Value *Op0 = CI->getOperand(0), *Op1 = CI->getOperand(1);
1810 if (((TV == Op0 && FV == Op1) || (FV == Op0 && TV == Op1)) &&
1811 !CI->isCommutative())
1812 return nullptr;
1813 }
1814 }
1815
1816 // Make sure that one of the select arms folds successfully.
1817 Value *NewTV = simplifyOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, SI, /*IsTrueArm=*/true);
1818 Value *NewFV =
1819 simplifyOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, SI, /*IsTrueArm=*/false);
1820 if (!NewTV && !NewFV)
1821 return nullptr;
1822
1823 if (SimplifyBothArms && !(NewTV && NewFV))
1824 return nullptr;
1825
1826 // Create an instruction for the arm that did not fold.
1827 if (!NewTV)
1828 NewTV = foldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, SI, TV, *this);
1829 if (!NewFV)
1830 NewFV = foldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, SI, FV, *this);
1831 return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), NewTV, NewFV, "", nullptr, SI);
1832}
1833
1835 Value *InValue, BasicBlock *InBB,
1836 const DataLayout &DL,
1837 const SimplifyQuery SQ) {
1838 // NB: It is a precondition of this transform that the operands be
1839 // phi translatable!
1841 for (Value *Op : I.operands()) {
1842 if (Op == PN)
1843 Ops.push_back(InValue);
1844 else
1845 Ops.push_back(Op->DoPHITranslation(PN->getParent(), InBB));
1846 }
1847
1848 // Don't consider the simplification successful if we get back a constant
1849 // expression. That's just an instruction in hiding.
1850 // Also reject the case where we simplify back to the phi node. We wouldn't
1851 // be able to remove it in that case.
1853 &I, Ops, SQ.getWithInstruction(InBB->getTerminator()));
1854 if (NewVal && NewVal != PN && !match(NewVal, m_ConstantExpr()))
1855 return NewVal;
1856
1857 // Check if incoming PHI value can be replaced with constant
1858 // based on implied condition.
1859 CondBrInst *TerminatorBI = dyn_cast<CondBrInst>(InBB->getTerminator());
1860 const ICmpInst *ICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(&I);
1861 if (TerminatorBI &&
1862 TerminatorBI->getSuccessor(0) != TerminatorBI->getSuccessor(1) && ICmp) {
1863 bool LHSIsTrue = TerminatorBI->getSuccessor(0) == PN->getParent();
1864 std::optional<bool> ImpliedCond = isImpliedCondition(
1865 TerminatorBI->getCondition(), ICmp->getCmpPredicate(), Ops[0], Ops[1],
1866 DL, LHSIsTrue);
1867 if (ImpliedCond)
1868 return ConstantInt::getBool(I.getType(), ImpliedCond.value());
1869 }
1870
1871 return nullptr;
1872}
1873
1874/// In some cases it is beneficial to fold a select into a binary operator.
1875/// For example:
1876/// %1 = or %in, 4
1877/// %2 = select %cond, %1, %in
1878/// %3 = or %2, 1
1879/// =>
1880/// %1 = select i1 %cond, 5, 1
1881/// %2 = or %1, %in
1883 assert(Op.isAssociative() && "The operation must be associative!");
1884
1885 SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op.getOperand(0));
1886
1887 Constant *Const;
1888 if (!SI || !match(Op.getOperand(1), m_ImmConstant(Const)) ||
1889 !Op.hasOneUse() || !SI->hasOneUse())
1890 return nullptr;
1891
1892 Value *TV = SI->getTrueValue();
1893 Value *FV = SI->getFalseValue();
1894 Value *Input, *NewTV, *NewFV;
1895 Constant *Const2;
1896
1897 if (TV->hasOneUse() && match(TV, m_BinOp(Op.getOpcode(), m_Specific(FV),
1898 m_ImmConstant(Const2)))) {
1899 NewTV = ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(Op.getOpcode(), Const, Const2);
1900 NewFV = Const;
1901 Input = FV;
1902 } else if (FV->hasOneUse() &&
1903 match(FV, m_BinOp(Op.getOpcode(), m_Specific(TV),
1904 m_ImmConstant(Const2)))) {
1905 NewTV = Const;
1906 NewFV = ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(Op.getOpcode(), Const, Const2);
1907 Input = TV;
1908 } else
1909 return nullptr;
1910
1911 if (!NewTV || !NewFV)
1912 return nullptr;
1913
1914 Value *NewSI =
1915 Builder.CreateSelect(SI->getCondition(), NewTV, NewFV, "",
1916 ProfcheckDisableMetadataFixes ? nullptr : SI);
1917 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op.getOpcode(), NewSI, Input);
1918}
1919
1921 bool AllowMultipleUses) {
1922 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
1923 if (NumPHIValues == 0)
1924 return nullptr;
1925
1926 // We normally only transform phis with a single use. However, if a PHI has
1927 // multiple uses and they are all the same operation, we can fold *all* of the
1928 // uses into the PHI.
1929 bool OneUse = PN->hasOneUse();
1930 bool IdenticalUsers = false;
1931 if (!AllowMultipleUses && !OneUse) {
1932 // Walk the use list for the instruction, comparing them to I.
1933 for (User *U : PN->users()) {
1935 if (UI != &I && !I.isIdenticalTo(UI))
1936 return nullptr;
1937 }
1938 // Otherwise, we can replace *all* users with the new PHI we form.
1939 IdenticalUsers = true;
1940 }
1941
1942 // Check that all operands are phi-translatable.
1943 for (Value *Op : I.operands()) {
1944 if (Op == PN)
1945 continue;
1946
1947 // Non-instructions never require phi-translation.
1948 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
1949 if (!I)
1950 continue;
1951
1952 // Phi-translate can handle phi nodes in the same block.
1953 if (isa<PHINode>(I))
1954 if (I->getParent() == PN->getParent())
1955 continue;
1956
1957 // Operand dominates the block, no phi-translation necessary.
1958 if (DT.dominates(I, PN->getParent()))
1959 continue;
1960
1961 // Not phi-translatable, bail out.
1962 return nullptr;
1963 }
1964
1965 // Check to see whether the instruction can be folded into each phi operand.
1966 // If there is one operand that does not fold, remember the BB it is in.
1967 SmallVector<Value *> NewPhiValues;
1968 SmallVector<unsigned int> OpsToMoveUseToIncomingBB;
1969 bool SeenNonSimplifiedInVal = false;
1970 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
1971 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
1972 BasicBlock *InBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
1973
1974 if (auto *NewVal = simplifyInstructionWithPHI(I, PN, InVal, InBB, DL, SQ)) {
1975 NewPhiValues.push_back(NewVal);
1976 continue;
1977 }
1978
1979 // Handle some cases that can't be fully simplified, but where we know that
1980 // the two instructions will fold into one.
1981 auto WillFold = [&]() {
1982 if (!InVal->hasUseList() || !InVal->hasOneUser())
1983 return false;
1984
1985 // icmp of ucmp/scmp with constant will fold to icmp.
1986 const APInt *Ignored;
1987 if (isa<CmpIntrinsic>(InVal) &&
1988 match(&I, m_ICmp(m_Specific(PN), m_APInt(Ignored))))
1989 return true;
1990
1991 // icmp eq zext(bool), 0 will fold to !bool.
1992 if (isa<ZExtInst>(InVal) &&
1993 cast<ZExtInst>(InVal)->getSrcTy()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1) &&
1994 match(&I,
1996 return true;
1997
1998 return false;
1999 };
2000
2001 if (WillFold()) {
2002 OpsToMoveUseToIncomingBB.push_back(i);
2003 NewPhiValues.push_back(nullptr);
2004 continue;
2005 }
2006
2007 if (!OneUse && !IdenticalUsers)
2008 return nullptr;
2009
2010 if (SeenNonSimplifiedInVal)
2011 return nullptr; // More than one non-simplified value.
2012 SeenNonSimplifiedInVal = true;
2013
2014 // If there is exactly one non-simplified value, we can insert a copy of the
2015 // operation in that block. However, if this is a critical edge, we would
2016 // be inserting the computation on some other paths (e.g. inside a loop).
2017 // Only do this if the pred block is unconditionally branching into the phi
2018 // block. Also, make sure that the pred block is not dead code.
2020 if (!BI || !DT.isReachableFromEntry(InBB))
2021 return nullptr;
2022
2023 NewPhiValues.push_back(nullptr);
2024 OpsToMoveUseToIncomingBB.push_back(i);
2025
2026 // Do not push the operation across a loop backedge. This could result in
2027 // an infinite combine loop, and is generally non-profitable (especially
2028 // if the operation was originally outside the loop).
2029 if (isBackEdge(InBB, PN->getParent()))
2030 return nullptr;
2031 }
2032
2033 // Clone the instruction that uses the phi node and move it into the incoming
2034 // BB because we know that the next iteration of InstCombine will simplify it.
2036 for (auto OpIndex : OpsToMoveUseToIncomingBB) {
2038 BasicBlock *OpBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(OpIndex);
2039
2040 Instruction *Clone = Clones.lookup(OpBB);
2041 if (!Clone) {
2042 Clone = I.clone();
2043 for (Use &U : Clone->operands()) {
2044 if (U == PN)
2045 U = Op;
2046 else
2047 U = U->DoPHITranslation(PN->getParent(), OpBB);
2048 }
2049 Clone = InsertNewInstBefore(Clone, OpBB->getTerminator()->getIterator());
2050 Clones.insert({OpBB, Clone});
2051 // We may have speculated the instruction.
2053 }
2054
2055 NewPhiValues[OpIndex] = Clone;
2056 }
2057
2058 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
2059 PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(I.getType(), PN->getNumIncomingValues());
2060 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN->getIterator());
2061 NewPN->takeName(PN);
2062 NewPN->setDebugLoc(PN->getDebugLoc());
2063
2064 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
2065 NewPN->addIncoming(NewPhiValues[i], PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
2066
2067 if (IdenticalUsers) {
2068 // Collect and deduplicate users up-front to avoid iterator invalidation.
2070 for (User *U : PN->users()) {
2072 if (User == &I)
2073 continue;
2074 ToReplace.insert(User);
2075 }
2076 for (Instruction *I : ToReplace) {
2077 replaceInstUsesWith(*I, NewPN);
2079 }
2080 OneUse = true;
2081 }
2082
2083 if (OneUse) {
2084 replaceAllDbgUsesWith(*PN, *NewPN, *PN, DT);
2085 }
2086 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
2087}
2088
2090 if (!BO.isAssociative())
2091 return nullptr;
2092
2093 // Find the interleaved binary ops.
2094 auto Opc = BO.getOpcode();
2095 auto *BO0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO.getOperand(0));
2096 auto *BO1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO.getOperand(1));
2097 if (!BO0 || !BO1 || !BO0->hasNUses(2) || !BO1->hasNUses(2) ||
2098 BO0->getOpcode() != Opc || BO1->getOpcode() != Opc ||
2099 !BO0->isAssociative() || !BO1->isAssociative() ||
2100 BO0->getParent() != BO1->getParent())
2101 return nullptr;
2102
2103 assert(BO.isCommutative() && BO0->isCommutative() && BO1->isCommutative() &&
2104 "Expected commutative instructions!");
2105
2106 // Find the matching phis, forming the recurrences.
2107 PHINode *PN0, *PN1;
2108 Value *Start0, *Step0, *Start1, *Step1;
2109 if (!matchSimpleRecurrence(BO0, PN0, Start0, Step0) || !PN0->hasOneUse() ||
2110 !matchSimpleRecurrence(BO1, PN1, Start1, Step1) || !PN1->hasOneUse() ||
2111 PN0->getParent() != PN1->getParent())
2112 return nullptr;
2113
2114 assert(PN0->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && PN1->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 &&
2115 "Expected PHIs with two incoming values!");
2116
2117 // Convert the start and step values to constants.
2118 auto *Init0 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Start0);
2119 auto *Init1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Start1);
2120 auto *C0 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Step0);
2121 auto *C1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Step1);
2122 if (!Init0 || !Init1 || !C0 || !C1)
2123 return nullptr;
2124
2125 // Fold the recurrence constants.
2126 auto *Init = ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(Opc, Init0, Init1);
2127 auto *C = ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(Opc, C0, C1);
2128 if (!Init || !C)
2129 return nullptr;
2130
2131 // Create the reduced PHI.
2132 auto *NewPN = PHINode::Create(PN0->getType(), PN0->getNumIncomingValues(),
2133 "reduced.phi");
2134
2135 // Create the new binary op.
2136 auto *NewBO = BinaryOperator::Create(Opc, NewPN, C);
2137 if (Opc == Instruction::FAdd || Opc == Instruction::FMul) {
2138 // Intersect FMF flags for FADD and FMUL.
2139 FastMathFlags Intersect = BO0->getFastMathFlags() &
2140 BO1->getFastMathFlags() & BO.getFastMathFlags();
2141 NewBO->setFastMathFlags(Intersect);
2142 } else {
2143 OverflowTracking Flags;
2144 Flags.AllKnownNonNegative = false;
2145 Flags.AllKnownNonZero = false;
2146 Flags.mergeFlags(*BO0);
2147 Flags.mergeFlags(*BO1);
2148 Flags.mergeFlags(BO);
2149 Flags.applyFlags(*NewBO);
2150 }
2151 NewBO->takeName(&BO);
2152
2153 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PN0->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
2154 auto *V = PN0->getIncomingValue(I);
2155 auto *BB = PN0->getIncomingBlock(I);
2156 if (V == Init0) {
2157 assert(((PN1->getIncomingValue(0) == Init1 &&
2158 PN1->getIncomingBlock(0) == BB) ||
2159 (PN1->getIncomingValue(1) == Init1 &&
2160 PN1->getIncomingBlock(1) == BB)) &&
2161 "Invalid incoming block!");
2162 NewPN->addIncoming(Init, BB);
2163 } else if (V == BO0) {
2164 assert(((PN1->getIncomingValue(0) == BO1 &&
2165 PN1->getIncomingBlock(0) == BB) ||
2166 (PN1->getIncomingValue(1) == BO1 &&
2167 PN1->getIncomingBlock(1) == BB)) &&
2168 "Invalid incoming block!");
2169 NewPN->addIncoming(NewBO, BB);
2170 } else
2171 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected incoming value!");
2172 }
2173
2174 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Combined " << *PN0 << "\n " << *BO0
2175 << "\n with " << *PN1 << "\n " << *BO1
2176 << '\n');
2177
2178 // Insert the new recurrence and remove the old (dead) ones.
2179 InsertNewInstWith(NewPN, PN0->getIterator());
2180 InsertNewInstWith(NewBO, BO0->getIterator());
2181
2188
2189 return replaceInstUsesWith(BO, NewBO);
2190}
2191
2193 // Attempt to fold binary operators whose operands are simple recurrences.
2194 if (auto *NewBO = foldBinopWithRecurrence(BO))
2195 return NewBO;
2196
2197 // TODO: This should be similar to the incoming values check in foldOpIntoPhi:
2198 // we are guarding against replicating the binop in >1 predecessor.
2199 // This could miss matching a phi with 2 constant incoming values.
2200 auto *Phi0 = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BO.getOperand(0));
2201 auto *Phi1 = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BO.getOperand(1));
2202 if (!Phi0 || !Phi1 || !Phi0->hasOneUse() || !Phi1->hasOneUse() ||
2203 Phi0->getNumOperands() != Phi1->getNumOperands())
2204 return nullptr;
2205
2206 // TODO: Remove the restriction for binop being in the same block as the phis.
2207 if (BO.getParent() != Phi0->getParent() ||
2208 BO.getParent() != Phi1->getParent())
2209 return nullptr;
2210
2211 // Fold if there is at least one specific constant value in phi0 or phi1's
2212 // incoming values that comes from the same block and this specific constant
2213 // value can be used to do optimization for specific binary operator.
2214 // For example:
2215 // %phi0 = phi i32 [0, %bb0], [%i, %bb1]
2216 // %phi1 = phi i32 [%j, %bb0], [0, %bb1]
2217 // %add = add i32 %phi0, %phi1
2218 // ==>
2219 // %add = phi i32 [%j, %bb0], [%i, %bb1]
2221 /*AllowRHSConstant*/ false);
2222 if (C) {
2223 SmallVector<Value *, 4> NewIncomingValues;
2224 auto CanFoldIncomingValuePair = [&](std::tuple<Use &, Use &> T) {
2225 auto &Phi0Use = std::get<0>(T);
2226 auto &Phi1Use = std::get<1>(T);
2227 if (Phi0->getIncomingBlock(Phi0Use) != Phi1->getIncomingBlock(Phi1Use))
2228 return false;
2229 Value *Phi0UseV = Phi0Use.get();
2230 Value *Phi1UseV = Phi1Use.get();
2231 if (Phi0UseV == C)
2232 NewIncomingValues.push_back(Phi1UseV);
2233 else if (Phi1UseV == C)
2234 NewIncomingValues.push_back(Phi0UseV);
2235 else
2236 return false;
2237 return true;
2238 };
2239
2240 if (all_of(zip(Phi0->operands(), Phi1->operands()),
2241 CanFoldIncomingValuePair)) {
2242 PHINode *NewPhi =
2243 PHINode::Create(Phi0->getType(), Phi0->getNumOperands());
2244 assert(NewIncomingValues.size() == Phi0->getNumOperands() &&
2245 "The number of collected incoming values should equal the number "
2246 "of the original PHINode operands!");
2247 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Phi0->getNumOperands(); I++)
2248 NewPhi->addIncoming(NewIncomingValues[I], Phi0->getIncomingBlock(I));
2249 return NewPhi;
2250 }
2251 }
2252
2253 if (Phi0->getNumOperands() != 2 || Phi1->getNumOperands() != 2)
2254 return nullptr;
2255
2256 // Match a pair of incoming constants for one of the predecessor blocks.
2257 BasicBlock *ConstBB, *OtherBB;
2258 Constant *C0, *C1;
2259 if (match(Phi0->getIncomingValue(0), m_ImmConstant(C0))) {
2260 ConstBB = Phi0->getIncomingBlock(0);
2261 OtherBB = Phi0->getIncomingBlock(1);
2262 } else if (match(Phi0->getIncomingValue(1), m_ImmConstant(C0))) {
2263 ConstBB = Phi0->getIncomingBlock(1);
2264 OtherBB = Phi0->getIncomingBlock(0);
2265 } else {
2266 return nullptr;
2267 }
2268 if (!match(Phi1->getIncomingValueForBlock(ConstBB), m_ImmConstant(C1)))
2269 return nullptr;
2270
2271 // The block that we are hoisting to must reach here unconditionally.
2272 // Otherwise, we could be speculatively executing an expensive or
2273 // non-speculative op.
2274 auto *PredBlockBranch = dyn_cast<UncondBrInst>(OtherBB->getTerminator());
2275 if (!PredBlockBranch || !DT.isReachableFromEntry(OtherBB))
2276 return nullptr;
2277
2278 // TODO: This check could be tightened to only apply to binops (div/rem) that
2279 // are not safe to speculatively execute. But that could allow hoisting
2280 // potentially expensive instructions (fdiv for example).
2281 for (auto BBIter = BO.getParent()->begin(); &*BBIter != &BO; ++BBIter)
2283 return nullptr;
2284
2285 // Fold constants for the predecessor block with constant incoming values.
2286 Constant *NewC = ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(BO.getOpcode(), C0, C1, DL);
2287 if (!NewC)
2288 return nullptr;
2289
2290 // Make a new binop in the predecessor block with the non-constant incoming
2291 // values.
2292 Builder.SetInsertPoint(PredBlockBranch);
2293 Value *NewBO = Builder.CreateBinOp(BO.getOpcode(),
2294 Phi0->getIncomingValueForBlock(OtherBB),
2295 Phi1->getIncomingValueForBlock(OtherBB));
2296 if (auto *NotFoldedNewBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NewBO))
2297 NotFoldedNewBO->copyIRFlags(&BO);
2298
2299 // Replace the binop with a phi of the new values. The old phis are dead.
2300 PHINode *NewPhi = PHINode::Create(BO.getType(), 2);
2301 NewPhi->addIncoming(NewBO, OtherBB);
2302 NewPhi->addIncoming(NewC, ConstBB);
2303 return NewPhi;
2304}
2305
2307 auto TryFoldOperand = [&](unsigned OpIdx,
2308 bool IsOtherParamConst) -> Instruction * {
2309 if (auto *Sel = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I.getOperand(OpIdx)))
2310 return FoldOpIntoSelect(I, Sel, false, !IsOtherParamConst);
2311 if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(OpIdx)))
2312 return foldOpIntoPhi(I, PN);
2313 return nullptr;
2314 };
2315
2316 if (Instruction *NewI =
2317 TryFoldOperand(/*OpIdx=*/0, isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))))
2318 return NewI;
2319 return TryFoldOperand(/*OpIdx=*/1, isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(0)));
2320}
2321
2323 // If this GEP has only 0 indices, it is the same pointer as
2324 // Src. If Src is not a trivial GEP too, don't combine
2325 // the indices.
2326 if (GEP.hasAllZeroIndices() && !Src.hasAllZeroIndices() &&
2327 !Src.hasOneUse())
2328 return false;
2329 return true;
2330}
2331
2332/// Find a constant NewC that has property:
2333/// shuffle(NewC, ShMask) = C
2334/// Returns nullptr if such a constant does not exist e.g. ShMask=<0,0> C=<1,2>
2335///
2336/// A 1-to-1 mapping is not required. Example:
2337/// ShMask = <1,1,2,2> and C = <5,5,6,6> --> NewC = <poison,5,6,poison>
2339 VectorType *NewCTy) {
2340 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(NewCTy)) {
2341 Constant *Splat = C->getSplatValue();
2342 if (!Splat)
2343 return nullptr;
2345 }
2346
2347 if (cast<FixedVectorType>(NewCTy)->getNumElements() >
2348 cast<FixedVectorType>(C->getType())->getNumElements())
2349 return nullptr;
2350
2351 unsigned NewCNumElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(NewCTy)->getNumElements();
2352 PoisonValue *PoisonScalar = PoisonValue::get(C->getType()->getScalarType());
2353 SmallVector<Constant *, 16> NewVecC(NewCNumElts, PoisonScalar);
2354 unsigned NumElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(C->getType())->getNumElements();
2355 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumElts; ++I) {
2356 Constant *CElt = C->getAggregateElement(I);
2357 if (ShMask[I] >= 0) {
2358 assert(ShMask[I] < (int)NumElts && "Not expecting narrowing shuffle");
2359 Constant *NewCElt = NewVecC[ShMask[I]];
2360 // Bail out if:
2361 // 1. The constant vector contains a constant expression.
2362 // 2. The shuffle needs an element of the constant vector that can't
2363 // be mapped to a new constant vector.
2364 // 3. This is a widening shuffle that copies elements of V1 into the
2365 // extended elements (extending with poison is allowed).
2366 if (!CElt || (!isa<PoisonValue>(NewCElt) && NewCElt != CElt) ||
2367 I >= NewCNumElts)
2368 return nullptr;
2369 NewVecC[ShMask[I]] = CElt;
2370 }
2371 }
2372 return ConstantVector::get(NewVecC);
2373}
2374
2375// Get the result of `Vector Op Splat` (or Splat Op Vector if \p SplatLHS).
2377 Constant *Splat, bool SplatLHS,
2378 const DataLayout &DL) {
2379 ElementCount EC = cast<VectorType>(Vector->getType())->getElementCount();
2381 Constant *RHS = Vector;
2382 if (!SplatLHS)
2383 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
2384 return ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(Opcode, LHS, RHS, DL);
2385}
2386
2387template <Intrinsic::ID SpliceID>
2389 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder) {
2390 Value *LHS = Inst.getOperand(0), *RHS = Inst.getOperand(1);
2391 auto CreateBinOpSplice = [&](Value *X, Value *Y, Value *Offset) {
2392 Value *V = Builder.CreateBinOp(Inst.getOpcode(), X, Y, Inst.getName());
2393 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V))
2394 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2395 Module *M = Inst.getModule();
2396 Function *F = Intrinsic::getOrInsertDeclaration(M, SpliceID, V->getType());
2397 return CallInst::Create(F, {V, PoisonValue::get(V->getType()), Offset});
2398 };
2399 Value *V1, *V2, *Offset;
2400 if (match(LHS,
2402 // Op(splice(V1, poison, offset), splice(V2, poison, offset))
2403 // -> splice(Op(V1, V2), poison, offset)
2405 m_Specific(Offset))) &&
2406 (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse() ||
2407 (LHS == RHS && LHS->hasNUses(2))))
2408 return CreateBinOpSplice(V1, V2, Offset);
2409
2410 // Op(splice(V1, poison, offset), RHSSplat)
2411 // -> splice(Op(V1, RHSSplat), poison, offset)
2412 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && isSplatValue(RHS))
2413 return CreateBinOpSplice(V1, RHS, Offset);
2414 }
2415 // Op(LHSSplat, splice(V2, poison, offset))
2416 // -> splice(Op(LHSSplat, V2), poison, offset)
2417 else if (isSplatValue(LHS) &&
2419 m_Value(Offset)))))
2420 return CreateBinOpSplice(LHS, V2, Offset);
2421
2422 // TODO: Fold binops of the form
2423 // Op(splice(poison, V1, offset), splice(poison, V2, offset))
2424 // -> splice(poison, Op(V1, V2), offset)
2425
2426 return nullptr;
2427}
2428
2430 if (!isa<VectorType>(Inst.getType()))
2431 return nullptr;
2432
2433 BinaryOperator::BinaryOps Opcode = Inst.getOpcode();
2434 Value *LHS = Inst.getOperand(0), *RHS = Inst.getOperand(1);
2435 assert(cast<VectorType>(LHS->getType())->getElementCount() ==
2436 cast<VectorType>(Inst.getType())->getElementCount());
2437 assert(cast<VectorType>(RHS->getType())->getElementCount() ==
2438 cast<VectorType>(Inst.getType())->getElementCount());
2439
2440 auto foldConstantsThroughSubVectorInsertSplat =
2441 [&](Value *MaybeSubVector, Value *MaybeSplat,
2442 bool SplatLHS) -> Instruction * {
2443 Value *Idx;
2444 Constant *Splat, *SubVector, *Dest;
2445 if (!match(MaybeSplat, m_ConstantSplat(m_Constant(Splat))) ||
2446 !match(MaybeSubVector,
2447 m_VectorInsert(m_Constant(Dest), m_Constant(SubVector),
2448 m_Value(Idx))))
2449 return nullptr;
2450 SubVector =
2451 constantFoldBinOpWithSplat(Opcode, SubVector, Splat, SplatLHS, DL);
2452 Dest = constantFoldBinOpWithSplat(Opcode, Dest, Splat, SplatLHS, DL);
2453 if (!SubVector || !Dest)
2454 return nullptr;
2455 auto *InsertVector =
2456 Builder.CreateInsertVector(Dest->getType(), Dest, SubVector, Idx);
2457 return replaceInstUsesWith(Inst, InsertVector);
2458 };
2459
2460 // If one operand is a constant splat and the other operand is a
2461 // `vector.insert` where both the destination and subvector are constant,
2462 // apply the operation to both the destination and subvector, returning a new
2463 // constant `vector.insert`. This helps constant folding for scalable vectors.
2464 if (Instruction *Folded = foldConstantsThroughSubVectorInsertSplat(
2465 /*MaybeSubVector=*/LHS, /*MaybeSplat=*/RHS, /*SplatLHS=*/false))
2466 return Folded;
2467 if (Instruction *Folded = foldConstantsThroughSubVectorInsertSplat(
2468 /*MaybeSubVector=*/RHS, /*MaybeSplat=*/LHS, /*SplatLHS=*/true))
2469 return Folded;
2470
2471 // If both operands of the binop are vector concatenations, then perform the
2472 // narrow binop on each pair of the source operands followed by concatenation
2473 // of the results.
2474 Value *L0, *L1, *R0, *R1;
2475 ArrayRef<int> Mask;
2476 if (match(LHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(L0), m_Value(L1), m_Mask(Mask))) &&
2477 match(RHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(R0), m_Value(R1), m_SpecificMask(Mask))) &&
2478 LHS->hasOneUse() && RHS->hasOneUse() &&
2479 cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(LHS)->isConcat() &&
2480 cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(RHS)->isConcat()) {
2481 // This transform does not have the speculative execution constraint as
2482 // below because the shuffle is a concatenation. The new binops are
2483 // operating on exactly the same elements as the existing binop.
2484 // TODO: We could ease the mask requirement to allow different undef lanes,
2485 // but that requires an analysis of the binop-with-undef output value.
2486 Value *NewBO0 = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, L0, R0);
2487 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NewBO0))
2488 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2489 Value *NewBO1 = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, L1, R1);
2490 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NewBO1))
2491 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2492 return new ShuffleVectorInst(NewBO0, NewBO1, Mask);
2493 }
2494
2495 auto createBinOpReverse = [&](Value *X, Value *Y) {
2496 Value *V = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, X, Y, Inst.getName());
2497 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V))
2498 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2499 Module *M = Inst.getModule();
2501 M, Intrinsic::vector_reverse, V->getType());
2502 return CallInst::Create(F, V);
2503 };
2504
2505 // NOTE: Reverse shuffles don't require the speculative execution protection
2506 // below because they don't affect which lanes take part in the computation.
2507
2508 Value *V1, *V2;
2509 if (match(LHS, m_VecReverse(m_Value(V1)))) {
2510 // Op(rev(V1), rev(V2)) -> rev(Op(V1, V2))
2511 if (match(RHS, m_VecReverse(m_Value(V2))) &&
2512 (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse() ||
2513 (LHS == RHS && LHS->hasNUses(2))))
2514 return createBinOpReverse(V1, V2);
2515
2516 // Op(rev(V1), RHSSplat)) -> rev(Op(V1, RHSSplat))
2517 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && isSplatValue(RHS))
2518 return createBinOpReverse(V1, RHS);
2519 }
2520 // Op(LHSSplat, rev(V2)) -> rev(Op(LHSSplat, V2))
2521 else if (isSplatValue(LHS) && match(RHS, m_OneUse(m_VecReverse(m_Value(V2)))))
2522 return createBinOpReverse(LHS, V2);
2523
2524 auto createBinOpVPReverse = [&](Value *X, Value *Y, Value *EVL) {
2525 Value *V = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, X, Y, Inst.getName());
2526 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V))
2527 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2528
2529 ElementCount EC = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getElementCount();
2530 Value *AllTrueMask = Builder.CreateVectorSplat(EC, Builder.getTrue());
2531 Module *M = Inst.getModule();
2533 M, Intrinsic::experimental_vp_reverse, V->getType());
2534 return CallInst::Create(F, {V, AllTrueMask, EVL});
2535 };
2536
2537 Value *EVL;
2539 m_Value(V1), m_AllOnes(), m_Value(EVL)))) {
2540 // Op(rev(V1), rev(V2)) -> rev(Op(V1, V2))
2542 m_Value(V2), m_AllOnes(), m_Specific(EVL))) &&
2543 (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse() ||
2544 (LHS == RHS && LHS->hasNUses(2))))
2545 return createBinOpVPReverse(V1, V2, EVL);
2546
2547 // Op(rev(V1), RHSSplat)) -> rev(Op(V1, RHSSplat))
2548 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && isSplatValue(RHS))
2549 return createBinOpVPReverse(V1, RHS, EVL);
2550 }
2551 // Op(LHSSplat, rev(V2)) -> rev(Op(LHSSplat, V2))
2552 else if (isSplatValue(LHS) &&
2554 m_Value(V2), m_AllOnes(), m_Value(EVL))))
2555 return createBinOpVPReverse(LHS, V2, EVL);
2556
2557 if (Instruction *Folded =
2559 return Folded;
2560 if (Instruction *Folded =
2562 return Folded;
2563
2564 // It may not be safe to reorder shuffles and things like div, urem, etc.
2565 // because we may trap when executing those ops on unknown vector elements.
2566 // See PR20059.
2568 return nullptr;
2569
2570 auto createBinOpShuffle = [&](Value *X, Value *Y, ArrayRef<int> M) {
2571 Value *XY = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, X, Y);
2572 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(XY))
2573 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2574 return new ShuffleVectorInst(XY, M);
2575 };
2576
2577 // If both arguments of the binary operation are shuffles that use the same
2578 // mask and shuffle within a single vector, move the shuffle after the binop.
2579 if (match(LHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(V1), m_Poison(), m_Mask(Mask))) &&
2580 match(RHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(V2), m_Poison(), m_SpecificMask(Mask))) &&
2581 V1->getType() == V2->getType() &&
2582 (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse() || LHS == RHS)) {
2583 // Op(shuffle(V1, Mask), shuffle(V2, Mask)) -> shuffle(Op(V1, V2), Mask)
2584 return createBinOpShuffle(V1, V2, Mask);
2585 }
2586
2587 // If both arguments of a commutative binop are select-shuffles that use the
2588 // same mask with commuted operands, the shuffles are unnecessary.
2589 if (Inst.isCommutative() &&
2590 match(LHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2), m_Mask(Mask))) &&
2591 match(RHS,
2592 m_Shuffle(m_Specific(V2), m_Specific(V1), m_SpecificMask(Mask)))) {
2593 auto *LShuf = cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(LHS);
2594 auto *RShuf = cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(RHS);
2595 // TODO: Allow shuffles that contain undefs in the mask?
2596 // That is legal, but it reduces undef knowledge.
2597 // TODO: Allow arbitrary shuffles by shuffling after binop?
2598 // That might be legal, but we have to deal with poison.
2599 if (LShuf->isSelect() &&
2600 !is_contained(LShuf->getShuffleMask(), PoisonMaskElem) &&
2601 RShuf->isSelect() &&
2602 !is_contained(RShuf->getShuffleMask(), PoisonMaskElem)) {
2603 // Example:
2604 // LHS = shuffle V1, V2, <0, 5, 6, 3>
2605 // RHS = shuffle V2, V1, <0, 5, 6, 3>
2606 // LHS + RHS --> (V10+V20, V21+V11, V22+V12, V13+V23) --> V1 + V2
2607 Instruction *NewBO = BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, V1, V2);
2608 NewBO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2609 return NewBO;
2610 }
2611 }
2612
2613 // If one argument is a shuffle within one vector and the other is a constant,
2614 // try moving the shuffle after the binary operation. This canonicalization
2615 // intends to move shuffles closer to other shuffles and binops closer to
2616 // other binops, so they can be folded. It may also enable demanded elements
2617 // transforms.
2618 Constant *C;
2620 m_Mask(Mask))),
2621 m_ImmConstant(C)))) {
2622 assert(Inst.getType()->getScalarType() == V1->getType()->getScalarType() &&
2623 "Shuffle should not change scalar type");
2624
2625 bool ConstOp1 = isa<Constant>(RHS);
2626 if (Constant *NewC =
2628 // For fixed vectors, lanes of NewC not used by the shuffle will be poison
2629 // which will cause UB for div/rem. Mask them with a safe constant.
2630 if (isa<FixedVectorType>(V1->getType()) && Inst.isIntDivRem())
2631 NewC = getSafeVectorConstantForBinop(Opcode, NewC, ConstOp1);
2632
2633 // Op(shuffle(V1, Mask), C) -> shuffle(Op(V1, NewC), Mask)
2634 // Op(C, shuffle(V1, Mask)) -> shuffle(Op(NewC, V1), Mask)
2635 Value *NewLHS = ConstOp1 ? V1 : NewC;
2636 Value *NewRHS = ConstOp1 ? NewC : V1;
2637 return createBinOpShuffle(NewLHS, NewRHS, Mask);
2638 }
2639 }
2640
2641 // Try to reassociate to sink a splat shuffle after a binary operation.
2642 if (Inst.isAssociative() && Inst.isCommutative()) {
2643 // Canonicalize shuffle operand as LHS.
2644 if (isa<ShuffleVectorInst>(RHS))
2645 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
2646
2647 Value *X;
2648 ArrayRef<int> MaskC;
2649 int SplatIndex;
2650 Value *Y, *OtherOp;
2651 if (!match(LHS,
2652 m_OneUse(m_Shuffle(m_Value(X), m_Undef(), m_Mask(MaskC)))) ||
2653 !match(MaskC, m_SplatOrPoisonMask(SplatIndex)) ||
2654 X->getType() != Inst.getType() ||
2655 !match(RHS, m_OneUse(m_BinOp(Opcode, m_Value(Y), m_Value(OtherOp)))))
2656 return nullptr;
2657
2658 // FIXME: This may not be safe if the analysis allows undef elements. By
2659 // moving 'Y' before the splat shuffle, we are implicitly assuming
2660 // that it is not undef/poison at the splat index.
2661 if (isSplatValue(OtherOp, SplatIndex)) {
2662 std::swap(Y, OtherOp);
2663 } else if (!isSplatValue(Y, SplatIndex)) {
2664 return nullptr;
2665 }
2666
2667 // X and Y are splatted values, so perform the binary operation on those
2668 // values followed by a splat followed by the 2nd binary operation:
2669 // bo (splat X), (bo Y, OtherOp) --> bo (splat (bo X, Y)), OtherOp
2670 Value *NewBO = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, X, Y);
2671 SmallVector<int, 8> NewMask(MaskC.size(), SplatIndex);
2672 Value *NewSplat = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(NewBO, NewMask);
2673 Instruction *R = BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, NewSplat, OtherOp);
2674
2675 // Intersect FMF on both new binops. Other (poison-generating) flags are
2676 // dropped to be safe.
2677 if (isa<FPMathOperator>(R)) {
2678 R->copyFastMathFlags(&Inst);
2679 R->andIRFlags(RHS);
2680 }
2681 if (auto *NewInstBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NewBO))
2682 NewInstBO->copyIRFlags(R);
2683 return R;
2684 }
2685
2686 return nullptr;
2687}
2688
2689/// Try to narrow the width of a binop if at least 1 operand is an extend of
2690/// of a value. This requires a potentially expensive known bits check to make
2691/// sure the narrow op does not overflow.
2692Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::narrowMathIfNoOverflow(BinaryOperator &BO) {
2693 // We need at least one extended operand.
2694 Value *Op0 = BO.getOperand(0), *Op1 = BO.getOperand(1);
2695
2696 // If this is a sub, we swap the operands since we always want an extension
2697 // on the RHS. The LHS can be an extension or a constant.
2698 if (BO.getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
2699 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2700
2701 Value *X;
2702 bool IsSext = match(Op0, m_SExt(m_Value(X)));
2703 if (!IsSext && !match(Op0, m_ZExt(m_Value(X))))
2704 return nullptr;
2705
2706 // If both operands are the same extension from the same source type and we
2707 // can eliminate at least one (hasOneUse), this might work.
2708 CastInst::CastOps CastOpc = IsSext ? Instruction::SExt : Instruction::ZExt;
2709 Value *Y;
2710 if (!(match(Op1, m_ZExtOrSExt(m_Value(Y))) && X->getType() == Y->getType() &&
2711 cast<Operator>(Op1)->getOpcode() == CastOpc &&
2712 (Op0->hasOneUse() || Op1->hasOneUse()))) {
2713 // If that did not match, see if we have a suitable constant operand.
2714 // Truncating and extending must produce the same constant.
2715 Constant *WideC;
2716 if (!Op0->hasOneUse() || !match(Op1, m_Constant(WideC)))
2717 return nullptr;
2718 Constant *NarrowC = getLosslessInvCast(WideC, X->getType(), CastOpc, DL);
2719 if (!NarrowC)
2720 return nullptr;
2721 Y = NarrowC;
2722 }
2723
2724 // Swap back now that we found our operands.
2725 if (BO.getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
2726 std::swap(X, Y);
2727
2728 // Both operands have narrow versions. Last step: the math must not overflow
2729 // in the narrow width.
2730 if (!willNotOverflow(BO.getOpcode(), X, Y, BO, IsSext))
2731 return nullptr;
2732
2733 // bo (ext X), (ext Y) --> ext (bo X, Y)
2734 // bo (ext X), C --> ext (bo X, C')
2735 Value *NarrowBO = Builder.CreateBinOp(BO.getOpcode(), X, Y, "narrow");
2736 if (auto *NewBinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NarrowBO)) {
2737 if (IsSext)
2738 NewBinOp->setHasNoSignedWrap();
2739 else
2740 NewBinOp->setHasNoUnsignedWrap();
2741 }
2742 return CastInst::Create(CastOpc, NarrowBO, BO.getType());
2743}
2744
2745/// Determine nowrap flags for (gep (gep p, x), y) to (gep p, (x + y))
2746/// transform.
2751
2752/// Thread a GEP operation with constant indices through the constant true/false
2753/// arms of a select.
2755 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder) {
2756 if (!GEP.hasAllConstantIndices())
2757 return nullptr;
2758
2759 Instruction *Sel;
2760 Value *Cond;
2761 Constant *TrueC, *FalseC;
2762 if (!match(GEP.getPointerOperand(), m_Instruction(Sel)) ||
2763 !match(Sel,
2764 m_Select(m_Value(Cond), m_Constant(TrueC), m_Constant(FalseC))))
2765 return nullptr;
2766
2767 // gep (select Cond, TrueC, FalseC), IndexC --> select Cond, TrueC', FalseC'
2768 // Propagate 'inbounds' and metadata from existing instructions.
2769 // Note: using IRBuilder to create the constants for efficiency.
2770 SmallVector<Value *, 4> IndexC(GEP.indices());
2771 GEPNoWrapFlags NW = GEP.getNoWrapFlags();
2772 Type *Ty = GEP.getSourceElementType();
2773 Value *NewTrueC = Builder.CreateGEP(Ty, TrueC, IndexC, "", NW);
2774 Value *NewFalseC = Builder.CreateGEP(Ty, FalseC, IndexC, "", NW);
2775 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, NewTrueC, NewFalseC, "", nullptr, Sel);
2776}
2777
2778// Canonicalization:
2779// gep T, (gep i8, base, C1), (Index + C2) into
2780// gep T, (gep i8, base, C1 + C2 * sizeof(T)), Index
2782 GEPOperator *Src,
2783 InstCombinerImpl &IC) {
2784 if (GEP.getNumIndices() != 1)
2785 return nullptr;
2786 auto &DL = IC.getDataLayout();
2787 Value *Base;
2788 const APInt *C1;
2789 if (!match(Src, m_PtrAdd(m_Value(Base), m_APInt(C1))))
2790 return nullptr;
2791 Value *VarIndex;
2792 const APInt *C2;
2793 Type *PtrTy = Src->getType()->getScalarType();
2794 unsigned IndexSizeInBits = DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(PtrTy);
2795 if (!match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_AddLike(m_Value(VarIndex), m_APInt(C2))))
2796 return nullptr;
2797 if (C1->getBitWidth() != IndexSizeInBits ||
2798 C2->getBitWidth() != IndexSizeInBits)
2799 return nullptr;
2800 Type *BaseType = GEP.getSourceElementType();
2802 return nullptr;
2803 APInt TypeSize(IndexSizeInBits, DL.getTypeAllocSize(BaseType));
2804 APInt NewOffset = TypeSize * *C2 + *C1;
2805 if (NewOffset.isZero() ||
2806 (Src->hasOneUse() && GEP.getOperand(1)->hasOneUse())) {
2808 if (GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap() &&
2809 cast<GEPOperator>(Src)->hasNoUnsignedWrap() &&
2810 match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_NUWAddLike(m_Value(), m_Value()))) {
2812 if (GEP.isInBounds() && cast<GEPOperator>(Src)->isInBounds())
2813 Flags |= GEPNoWrapFlags::inBounds();
2814 }
2815
2816 Value *GEPConst =
2817 IC.Builder.CreatePtrAdd(Base, IC.Builder.getInt(NewOffset), "", Flags);
2818 return GetElementPtrInst::Create(BaseType, GEPConst, VarIndex, Flags);
2819 }
2820
2821 return nullptr;
2822}
2823
2824/// Combine constant offsets separated by variable offsets.
2825/// ptradd (ptradd (ptradd p, C1), x), C2 -> ptradd (ptradd p, x), C1+C2
2827 InstCombinerImpl &IC) {
2828 if (!GEP.hasAllConstantIndices())
2829 return nullptr;
2830
2833 auto *InnerGEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(GEP.getPointerOperand());
2834 while (true) {
2835 if (!InnerGEP)
2836 return nullptr;
2837
2838 NW = NW.intersectForReassociate(InnerGEP->getNoWrapFlags());
2839 if (InnerGEP->hasAllConstantIndices())
2840 break;
2841
2842 if (!InnerGEP->hasOneUse())
2843 return nullptr;
2844
2845 Skipped.push_back(InnerGEP);
2846 InnerGEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(InnerGEP->getPointerOperand());
2847 }
2848
2849 // The two constant offset GEPs are directly adjacent: Let normal offset
2850 // merging handle it.
2851 if (Skipped.empty())
2852 return nullptr;
2853
2854 // FIXME: This one-use check is not strictly necessary. Consider relaxing it
2855 // if profitable.
2856 if (!InnerGEP->hasOneUse())
2857 return nullptr;
2858
2859 // Don't bother with vector splats.
2860 Type *Ty = GEP.getType();
2861 if (InnerGEP->getType() != Ty)
2862 return nullptr;
2863
2864 const DataLayout &DL = IC.getDataLayout();
2865 APInt Offset(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty), 0);
2866 if (!GEP.accumulateConstantOffset(DL, Offset) ||
2867 !InnerGEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, Offset))
2868 return nullptr;
2869
2870 IC.replaceOperand(*Skipped.back(), 0, InnerGEP->getPointerOperand());
2871 for (GetElementPtrInst *SkippedGEP : Skipped)
2872 SkippedGEP->setNoWrapFlags(NW);
2873
2874 return IC.replaceInstUsesWith(
2875 GEP,
2876 IC.Builder.CreatePtrAdd(Skipped.front(), IC.Builder.getInt(Offset), "",
2877 NW.intersectForOffsetAdd(GEP.getNoWrapFlags())));
2878}
2879
2881 GEPOperator *Src) {
2882 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
2883 // is a getelementptr instruction with matching element type, combine the
2884 // indices of the two getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
2885 if (!shouldMergeGEPs(*cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP), *Src))
2886 return nullptr;
2887
2888 if (auto *I = canonicalizeGEPOfConstGEPI8(GEP, Src, *this))
2889 return I;
2890
2891 if (auto *I = combineConstantOffsets(GEP, *this))
2892 return I;
2893
2894 if (Src->getResultElementType() != GEP.getSourceElementType())
2895 return nullptr;
2896
2897 // Fold chained GEP with constant base into single GEP:
2898 // gep i8, (gep i8, %base, C1), (select Cond, C2, C3)
2899 // -> gep i8, %base, (select Cond, C1+C2, C1+C3)
2900 if (Src->hasOneUse() && GEP.getNumIndices() == 1 &&
2901 Src->getNumIndices() == 1) {
2902 Value *SrcIdx = *Src->idx_begin();
2903 Value *GEPIdx = *GEP.idx_begin();
2904 const APInt *ConstOffset, *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
2905 Value *Cond;
2906
2907 if ((match(SrcIdx, m_APInt(ConstOffset)) &&
2908 match(GEPIdx,
2909 m_Select(m_Value(Cond), m_APInt(TrueVal), m_APInt(FalseVal)))) ||
2910 (match(GEPIdx, m_APInt(ConstOffset)) &&
2911 match(SrcIdx,
2912 m_Select(m_Value(Cond), m_APInt(TrueVal), m_APInt(FalseVal))))) {
2913 auto *Select = isa<SelectInst>(GEPIdx) ? cast<SelectInst>(GEPIdx)
2914 : cast<SelectInst>(SrcIdx);
2915
2916 // Make sure the select has only one use.
2917 if (!Select->hasOneUse())
2918 return nullptr;
2919
2920 if (TrueVal->getBitWidth() != ConstOffset->getBitWidth() ||
2921 FalseVal->getBitWidth() != ConstOffset->getBitWidth())
2922 return nullptr;
2923
2924 APInt NewTrueVal = *ConstOffset + *TrueVal;
2925 APInt NewFalseVal = *ConstOffset + *FalseVal;
2926 Constant *NewTrue = ConstantInt::get(Select->getType(), NewTrueVal);
2927 Constant *NewFalse = ConstantInt::get(Select->getType(), NewFalseVal);
2928 Value *NewSelect = Builder.CreateSelect(
2929 Cond, NewTrue, NewFalse, /*Name=*/"",
2930 /*MDFrom=*/(ProfcheckDisableMetadataFixes ? nullptr : Select));
2931 GEPNoWrapFlags Flags =
2933 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP,
2934 Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getResultElementType(),
2935 Src->getPointerOperand(),
2936 NewSelect, "", Flags));
2937 }
2938 }
2939
2940 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
2941 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
2942 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*Src), E = gep_type_end(*Src);
2943 I != E; ++I)
2944 EndsWithSequential = I.isSequential();
2945 if (!EndsWithSequential)
2946 return nullptr;
2947
2948 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
2949 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
2950 Value *SO1 = Src->getOperand(Src->getNumOperands() - 1);
2951 Value *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
2952
2953 // If they aren't the same type, then the input hasn't been processed
2954 // by the loop above yet (which canonicalizes sequential index types to
2955 // intptr_t). Just avoid transforming this until the input has been
2956 // normalized.
2957 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType())
2958 return nullptr;
2959
2960 Value *Sum =
2961 simplifyAddInst(GO1, SO1, false, false, SQ.getWithInstruction(&GEP));
2962 // Only do the combine when we are sure the cost after the
2963 // merge is never more than that before the merge.
2964 if (Sum == nullptr)
2965 return nullptr;
2966
2968 Indices.append(Src->op_begin() + 1, Src->op_end() - 1);
2969 Indices.push_back(Sum);
2970 Indices.append(GEP.op_begin() + 2, GEP.op_end());
2971
2972 // Don't create GEPs with more than one non-zero index.
2973 unsigned NumNonZeroIndices = count_if(Indices, [](Value *Idx) {
2974 auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Idx);
2975 return !C || !C->isNullValue();
2976 });
2977 if (NumNonZeroIndices > 1)
2978 return nullptr;
2979
2980 return replaceInstUsesWith(
2981 GEP, Builder.CreateGEP(
2982 Src->getSourceElementType(), Src->getOperand(0), Indices, "",
2984}
2985
2988 bool &DoesConsume, unsigned Depth) {
2989 static Value *const NonNull = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(uintptr_t(1));
2990 // ~(~(X)) -> X.
2991 Value *A, *B;
2992 if (match(V, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) {
2993 DoesConsume = true;
2994 return A;
2995 }
2996
2997 Constant *C;
2998 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values.
2999 if (match(V, m_ImmConstant(C)))
3000 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
3001
3003 return nullptr;
3004
3005 // The rest of the cases require that we invert all uses so don't bother
3006 // doing the analysis if we know we can't use the result.
3007 if (!WillInvertAllUses)
3008 return nullptr;
3009
3010 // Compares can be inverted if all of their uses are being modified to use
3011 // the ~V.
3012 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(V)) {
3013 if (Builder != nullptr)
3014 return Builder->CreateCmp(I->getInversePredicate(), I->getOperand(0),
3015 I->getOperand(1));
3016 return NonNull;
3017 }
3018
3019 // If `V` is of the form `A + B` then `-1 - V` can be folded into
3020 // `(-1 - B) - A` if we are willing to invert all of the uses.
3021 if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
3022 if (auto *BV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3023 DoesConsume, Depth))
3024 return Builder ? Builder->CreateSub(BV, A) : NonNull;
3025 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3026 DoesConsume, Depth))
3027 return Builder ? Builder->CreateSub(AV, B) : NonNull;
3028 return nullptr;
3029 }
3030
3031 // If `V` is of the form `A ^ ~B` then `~(A ^ ~B)` can be folded
3032 // into `A ^ B` if we are willing to invert all of the uses.
3033 if (match(V, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
3034 if (auto *BV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3035 DoesConsume, Depth))
3036 return Builder ? Builder->CreateXor(A, BV) : NonNull;
3037 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3038 DoesConsume, Depth))
3039 return Builder ? Builder->CreateXor(AV, B) : NonNull;
3040 return nullptr;
3041 }
3042
3043 // If `V` is of the form `B - A` then `-1 - V` can be folded into
3044 // `A + (-1 - B)` if we are willing to invert all of the uses.
3045 if (match(V, m_Sub(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
3046 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3047 DoesConsume, Depth))
3048 return Builder ? Builder->CreateAdd(AV, B) : NonNull;
3049 return nullptr;
3050 }
3051
3052 // If `V` is of the form `(~A) s>> B` then `~((~A) s>> B)` can be folded
3053 // into `A s>> B` if we are willing to invert all of the uses.
3054 if (match(V, m_AShr(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
3055 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3056 DoesConsume, Depth))
3057 return Builder ? Builder->CreateAShr(AV, B) : NonNull;
3058 return nullptr;
3059 }
3060
3061 Value *Cond;
3062 // LogicOps are special in that we canonicalize them at the cost of an
3063 // instruction.
3064 bool IsSelect = match(V, m_Select(m_Value(Cond), m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3066 // Selects/min/max with invertible operands are freely invertible
3067 if (IsSelect || match(V, m_MaxOrMin(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
3068 bool LocalDoesConsume = DoesConsume;
3069 if (!getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), /*Builder*/ nullptr,
3070 LocalDoesConsume, Depth))
3071 return nullptr;
3072 if (Value *NotA = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3073 LocalDoesConsume, Depth)) {
3074 DoesConsume = LocalDoesConsume;
3075 if (Builder != nullptr) {
3076 Value *NotB = getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3077 DoesConsume, Depth);
3078 assert(NotB != nullptr &&
3079 "Unable to build inverted value for known freely invertable op");
3080 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(V))
3081 return Builder->CreateBinaryIntrinsic(
3082 getInverseMinMaxIntrinsic(II->getIntrinsicID()), NotA, NotB);
3083 return Builder->CreateSelect(
3084 Cond, NotA, NotB, "",
3086 }
3087 return NonNull;
3088 }
3089 }
3090
3091 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
3092 bool LocalDoesConsume = DoesConsume;
3094 for (Use &U : PN->operands()) {
3095 BasicBlock *IncomingBlock = PN->getIncomingBlock(U);
3096 Value *NewIncomingVal = getFreelyInvertedImpl(
3097 U.get(), /*WillInvertAllUses=*/false,
3098 /*Builder=*/nullptr, LocalDoesConsume, MaxAnalysisRecursionDepth - 1);
3099 if (NewIncomingVal == nullptr)
3100 return nullptr;
3101 // Make sure that we can safely erase the original PHI node.
3102 if (NewIncomingVal == V)
3103 return nullptr;
3104 if (Builder != nullptr)
3105 IncomingValues.emplace_back(NewIncomingVal, IncomingBlock);
3106 }
3107
3108 DoesConsume = LocalDoesConsume;
3109 if (Builder != nullptr) {
3111 Builder->SetInsertPoint(PN);
3112 PHINode *NewPN =
3113 Builder->CreatePHI(PN->getType(), PN->getNumIncomingValues());
3114 for (auto [Val, Pred] : IncomingValues)
3115 NewPN->addIncoming(Val, Pred);
3116 return NewPN;
3117 }
3118 return NonNull;
3119 }
3120
3121 if (match(V, m_SExtLike(m_Value(A)))) {
3122 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3123 DoesConsume, Depth))
3124 return Builder ? Builder->CreateSExt(AV, V->getType()) : NonNull;
3125 return nullptr;
3126 }
3127
3128 if (match(V, m_Trunc(m_Value(A)))) {
3129 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3130 DoesConsume, Depth))
3131 return Builder ? Builder->CreateTrunc(AV, V->getType()) : NonNull;
3132 return nullptr;
3133 }
3134
3135 // De Morgan's Laws:
3136 // (~(A | B)) -> (~A & ~B)
3137 // (~(A & B)) -> (~A | ~B)
3138 auto TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan = [&](Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode,
3139 bool IsLogical, Value *A,
3140 Value *B) -> Value * {
3141 bool LocalDoesConsume = DoesConsume;
3142 if (!getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), /*Builder=*/nullptr,
3143 LocalDoesConsume, Depth))
3144 return nullptr;
3145 if (auto *NotA = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3146 LocalDoesConsume, Depth)) {
3147 auto *NotB = getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3148 LocalDoesConsume, Depth);
3149 DoesConsume = LocalDoesConsume;
3150 if (IsLogical)
3151 return Builder ? Builder->CreateLogicalOp(Opcode, NotA, NotB) : NonNull;
3152 return Builder ? Builder->CreateBinOp(Opcode, NotA, NotB) : NonNull;
3153 }
3154
3155 return nullptr;
3156 };
3157
3158 if (match(V, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
3159 return TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan(Instruction::And, /*IsLogical=*/false, A,
3160 B);
3161
3162 if (match(V, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
3163 return TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan(Instruction::Or, /*IsLogical=*/false, A,
3164 B);
3165
3166 if (match(V, m_LogicalOr(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
3167 return TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan(Instruction::And, /*IsLogical=*/true, A,
3168 B);
3169
3170 if (match(V, m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
3171 return TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan(Instruction::Or, /*IsLogical=*/true, A,
3172 B);
3173
3174 return nullptr;
3175}
3176
3177/// Return true if we should canonicalize the gep to an i8 ptradd.
3179 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
3180 Type *GEPEltType = GEP.getSourceElementType();
3181 if (GEPEltType->isIntegerTy(8))
3182 return false;
3183
3184 // Canonicalize scalable GEPs to an explicit offset using the llvm.vscale
3185 // intrinsic. This has better support in BasicAA.
3186 if (GEPEltType->isScalableTy())
3187 return true;
3188
3189 // gep i32 p, mul(O, C) -> gep i8, p, mul(O, C*4) to fold the two multiplies
3190 // together.
3191 if (GEP.getNumIndices() == 1 &&
3192 match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3194 m_Shl(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt())))))
3195 return true;
3196
3197 // gep (gep %p, C1), %x, C2 is expanded so the two constants can
3198 // possibly be merged together.
3199 auto PtrOpGep = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp);
3200 return PtrOpGep && PtrOpGep->hasAllConstantIndices() &&
3201 any_of(GEP.indices(), [](Value *V) {
3202 const APInt *C;
3203 return match(V, m_APInt(C)) && !C->isZero();
3204 });
3205}
3206
3208 IRBuilderBase &Builder) {
3209 auto *Op1 = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(PN->getOperand(0));
3210 if (!Op1)
3211 return nullptr;
3212
3213 // Don't fold a GEP into itself through a PHI node. This can only happen
3214 // through the back-edge of a loop. Folding a GEP into itself means that
3215 // the value of the previous iteration needs to be stored in the meantime,
3216 // thus requiring an additional register variable to be live, but not
3217 // actually achieving anything (the GEP still needs to be executed once per
3218 // loop iteration).
3219 if (Op1 == &GEP)
3220 return nullptr;
3221 GEPNoWrapFlags NW = Op1->getNoWrapFlags();
3222
3223 int DI = -1;
3224
3225 for (auto I = PN->op_begin()+1, E = PN->op_end(); I !=E; ++I) {
3226 auto *Op2 = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(*I);
3227 if (!Op2 || Op1->getNumOperands() != Op2->getNumOperands() ||
3228 Op1->getSourceElementType() != Op2->getSourceElementType())
3229 return nullptr;
3230
3231 // As for Op1 above, don't try to fold a GEP into itself.
3232 if (Op2 == &GEP)
3233 return nullptr;
3234
3235 // Keep track of the type as we walk the GEP.
3236 Type *CurTy = nullptr;
3237
3238 for (unsigned J = 0, F = Op1->getNumOperands(); J != F; ++J) {
3239 if (Op1->getOperand(J)->getType() != Op2->getOperand(J)->getType())
3240 return nullptr;
3241
3242 if (Op1->getOperand(J) != Op2->getOperand(J)) {
3243 if (DI == -1) {
3244 // We have not seen any differences yet in the GEPs feeding the
3245 // PHI yet, so we record this one if it is allowed to be a
3246 // variable.
3247
3248 // The first two arguments can vary for any GEP, the rest have to be
3249 // static for struct slots
3250 if (J > 1) {
3251 assert(CurTy && "No current type?");
3252 if (CurTy->isStructTy())
3253 return nullptr;
3254 }
3255
3256 DI = J;
3257 } else {
3258 // The GEP is different by more than one input. While this could be
3259 // extended to support GEPs that vary by more than one variable it
3260 // doesn't make sense since it greatly increases the complexity and
3261 // would result in an R+R+R addressing mode which no backend
3262 // directly supports and would need to be broken into several
3263 // simpler instructions anyway.
3264 return nullptr;
3265 }
3266 }
3267
3268 // Sink down a layer of the type for the next iteration.
3269 if (J > 0) {
3270 if (J == 1) {
3271 CurTy = Op1->getSourceElementType();
3272 } else {
3273 CurTy =
3274 GetElementPtrInst::getTypeAtIndex(CurTy, Op1->getOperand(J));
3275 }
3276 }
3277 }
3278
3279 NW &= Op2->getNoWrapFlags();
3280 }
3281
3282 // If not all GEPs are identical we'll have to create a new PHI node.
3283 // Check that the old PHI node has only one use so that it will get
3284 // removed.
3285 if (DI != -1 && !PN->hasOneUse())
3286 return nullptr;
3287
3288 auto *NewGEP = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Op1->clone());
3289 NewGEP->setNoWrapFlags(NW);
3290
3291 if (DI == -1) {
3292 // All the GEPs feeding the PHI are identical. Clone one down into our
3293 // BB so that it can be merged with the current GEP.
3294 } else {
3295 // All the GEPs feeding the PHI differ at a single offset. Clone a GEP
3296 // into the current block so it can be merged, and create a new PHI to
3297 // set that index.
3298 PHINode *NewPN;
3299 {
3300 IRBuilderBase::InsertPointGuard Guard(Builder);
3301 Builder.SetInsertPoint(PN);
3302 NewPN = Builder.CreatePHI(Op1->getOperand(DI)->getType(),
3303 PN->getNumOperands());
3304 }
3305
3306 for (auto &I : PN->operands())
3307 NewPN->addIncoming(cast<GEPOperator>(I)->getOperand(DI),
3308 PN->getIncomingBlock(I));
3309
3310 NewGEP->setOperand(DI, NewPN);
3311 }
3312
3313 NewGEP->insertBefore(*GEP.getParent(), GEP.getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
3314 return NewGEP;
3315}
3316
3318 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
3319 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Indices(GEP.indices());
3320 Type *GEPType = GEP.getType();
3321 Type *GEPEltType = GEP.getSourceElementType();
3322 if (Value *V =
3323 simplifyGEPInst(GEPEltType, PtrOp, Indices, GEP.getNoWrapFlags(),
3324 SQ.getWithInstruction(&GEP)))
3325 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, V);
3326
3327 // For vector geps, use the generic demanded vector support.
3328 // Skip if GEP return type is scalable. The number of elements is unknown at
3329 // compile-time.
3330 if (auto *GEPFVTy = dyn_cast<FixedVectorType>(GEPType)) {
3331 auto VWidth = GEPFVTy->getNumElements();
3332 APInt PoisonElts(VWidth, 0);
3333 APInt AllOnesEltMask(APInt::getAllOnes(VWidth));
3334 if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(&GEP, AllOnesEltMask,
3335 PoisonElts)) {
3336 if (V != &GEP)
3337 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, V);
3338 return &GEP;
3339 }
3340 }
3341
3342 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices, and replace indices which displace
3343 // by multiples of a zero size type with zero.
3344 bool MadeChange = false;
3345
3346 // Index width may not be the same width as pointer width.
3347 // Data layout chooses the right type based on supported integer types.
3348 Type *NewScalarIndexTy =
3349 DL.getIndexType(GEP.getPointerOperandType()->getScalarType());
3350
3352 for (User::op_iterator I = GEP.op_begin() + 1, E = GEP.op_end(); I != E;
3353 ++I, ++GTI) {
3354 // Skip indices into struct types.
3355 if (GTI.isStruct())
3356 continue;
3357
3358 Type *IndexTy = (*I)->getType();
3359 Type *NewIndexType =
3360 IndexTy->isVectorTy()
3361 ? VectorType::get(NewScalarIndexTy,
3362 cast<VectorType>(IndexTy)->getElementCount())
3363 : NewScalarIndexTy;
3364
3365 // If the element type has zero size then any index over it is equivalent
3366 // to an index of zero, so replace it with zero if it is not zero already.
3367 Type *EltTy = GTI.getIndexedType();
3368 if (EltTy->isSized() && DL.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy).isZero())
3369 if (!isa<Constant>(*I) || !match(I->get(), m_Zero())) {
3370 *I = Constant::getNullValue(NewIndexType);
3371 MadeChange = true;
3372 }
3373
3374 if (IndexTy != NewIndexType) {
3375 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink
3376 // it to what we need. If narrower, sign-extend it to what we need.
3377 // This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more obvious.
3378 if (IndexTy->getScalarSizeInBits() <
3379 NewIndexType->getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3380 if (GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap() && GEP.hasNoUnsignedSignedWrap())
3381 *I = Builder.CreateZExt(*I, NewIndexType, "", /*IsNonNeg=*/true);
3382 else
3383 *I = Builder.CreateSExt(*I, NewIndexType);
3384 } else {
3385 *I = Builder.CreateTrunc(*I, NewIndexType, "", GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap(),
3386 GEP.hasNoUnsignedSignedWrap());
3387 }
3388 MadeChange = true;
3389 }
3390 }
3391 if (MadeChange)
3392 return &GEP;
3393
3394 // Canonicalize constant GEPs to i8 type.
3395 if (!GEPEltType->isIntegerTy(8) && GEP.hasAllConstantIndices()) {
3396 APInt Offset(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(GEPType), 0);
3397 if (GEP.accumulateConstantOffset(DL, Offset))
3398 return replaceInstUsesWith(
3399 GEP, Builder.CreatePtrAdd(PtrOp, Builder.getInt(Offset), "",
3400 GEP.getNoWrapFlags()));
3401 }
3402
3404 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP));
3405 Value *NewGEP =
3406 Builder.CreatePtrAdd(PtrOp, Offset, "", GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3407 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, NewGEP);
3408 }
3409
3410 // Strip trailing zero indices.
3411 auto *LastIdx = dyn_cast<Constant>(Indices.back());
3412 if (LastIdx && LastIdx->isNullValue() && !LastIdx->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
3413 return replaceInstUsesWith(
3414 GEP, Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(), PtrOp,
3415 drop_end(Indices), "", GEP.getNoWrapFlags()));
3416 }
3417
3418 // Strip leading zero indices.
3419 auto *FirstIdx = dyn_cast<Constant>(Indices.front());
3420 if (FirstIdx && FirstIdx->isNullValue() &&
3421 !FirstIdx->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
3423 ++GTI;
3424 if (!GTI.isStruct() && GTI.getSequentialElementStride(DL) ==
3425 DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()))
3426 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, Builder.CreateGEP(GTI.getIndexedType(),
3427 GEP.getPointerOperand(),
3428 drop_begin(Indices), "",
3429 GEP.getNoWrapFlags()));
3430 }
3431
3432 // Scalarize vector operands; prefer splat-of-gep.as canonical form.
3433 // Note that this looses information about undef lanes; we run it after
3434 // demanded bits to partially mitigate that loss.
3435 if (GEPType->isVectorTy() && llvm::any_of(GEP.operands(), [](Value *Op) {
3436 return Op->getType()->isVectorTy() && getSplatValue(Op);
3437 })) {
3438 SmallVector<Value *> NewOps;
3439 for (auto &Op : GEP.operands()) {
3440 if (Op->getType()->isVectorTy())
3441 if (Value *Scalar = getSplatValue(Op)) {
3442 NewOps.push_back(Scalar);
3443 continue;
3444 }
3445 NewOps.push_back(Op);
3446 }
3447
3448 Value *Res = Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(), NewOps[0],
3449 ArrayRef(NewOps).drop_front(), GEP.getName(),
3450 GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3451 if (!Res->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
3452 ElementCount EC = cast<VectorType>(GEPType)->getElementCount();
3453 Res = Builder.CreateVectorSplat(EC, Res);
3454 }
3455 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, Res);
3456 }
3457
3458 bool SeenNonZeroIndex = false;
3459 for (auto [IdxNum, Idx] : enumerate(Indices)) {
3460 // Ignore one leading zero index.
3461 auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Idx);
3462 if (C && C->isNullValue() && IdxNum == 0)
3463 continue;
3464
3465 if (!SeenNonZeroIndex) {
3466 SeenNonZeroIndex = true;
3467 continue;
3468 }
3469
3470 // GEP has multiple non-zero indices: Split it.
3471 ArrayRef<Value *> FrontIndices = ArrayRef(Indices).take_front(IdxNum);
3472 Value *FrontGEP =
3473 Builder.CreateGEP(GEPEltType, PtrOp, FrontIndices,
3474 GEP.getName() + ".split", GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3475
3476 SmallVector<Value *> BackIndices;
3477 BackIndices.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(NewScalarIndexTy));
3478 append_range(BackIndices, drop_begin(Indices, IdxNum));
3480 GetElementPtrInst::getIndexedType(GEPEltType, FrontIndices), FrontGEP,
3481 BackIndices, GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3482 }
3483
3484 // Canonicalize gep %T to gep [sizeof(%T) x i8]:
3485 auto IsCanonicalType = [](Type *Ty) {
3486 if (auto *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty))
3487 Ty = AT->getElementType();
3488 return Ty->isIntegerTy(8);
3489 };
3490 if (Indices.size() == 1 && !IsCanonicalType(GEPEltType)) {
3491 TypeSize Scale = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GEPEltType);
3492 assert(!Scale.isScalable() && "Should have been handled earlier");
3493 Type *NewElemTy = Builder.getInt8Ty();
3494 if (Scale.getFixedValue() != 1)
3495 NewElemTy = ArrayType::get(NewElemTy, Scale.getFixedValue());
3496 GEP.setSourceElementType(NewElemTy);
3497 GEP.setResultElementType(NewElemTy);
3498 // Don't bother revisiting the GEP after this change.
3499 MadeIRChange = true;
3500 }
3501
3502 // Check to see if the inputs to the PHI node are getelementptr instructions.
3503 if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PtrOp)) {
3504 if (Value *NewPtrOp = foldGEPOfPhi(GEP, PN, Builder))
3505 return replaceOperand(GEP, 0, NewPtrOp);
3506 }
3507
3508 if (auto *Src = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp))
3509 if (Instruction *I = visitGEPOfGEP(GEP, Src))
3510 return I;
3511
3512 if (GEP.getNumIndices() == 1) {
3513 unsigned AS = GEP.getPointerAddressSpace();
3514 if (GEP.getOperand(1)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() ==
3515 DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS)) {
3516 uint64_t TyAllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GEPEltType).getFixedValue();
3517
3518 if (TyAllocSize == 1) {
3519 // Canonicalize (gep i8* X, (ptrtoint Y)-(ptrtoint X)) to (bitcast Y),
3520 // but only if the result pointer is only used as if it were an integer.
3521 // (The case where the underlying object is the same is handled by
3522 // InstSimplify.)
3523 Value *X = GEP.getPointerOperand();
3524 Value *Y;
3525 if (match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_Sub(m_PtrToIntOrAddr(m_Value(Y)),
3527 GEPType == Y->getType()) {
3528 bool HasNonAddressBits =
3529 DL.getAddressSizeInBits(AS) != DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS);
3530 bool Changed = GEP.replaceUsesWithIf(Y, [&](Use &U) {
3531 return isa<PtrToAddrInst, ICmpInst>(U.getUser()) ||
3532 (!HasNonAddressBits && isa<PtrToIntInst>(U.getUser()));
3533 });
3534 return Changed ? &GEP : nullptr;
3535 }
3536 } else if (auto *ExactIns =
3537 dyn_cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(GEP.getOperand(1))) {
3538 // Canonicalize (gep T* X, V / sizeof(T)) to (gep i8* X, V)
3539 Value *V;
3540 if (ExactIns->isExact()) {
3541 if ((has_single_bit(TyAllocSize) &&
3542 match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3543 m_Shr(m_Value(V),
3544 m_SpecificInt(countr_zero(TyAllocSize))))) ||
3545 match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3546 m_IDiv(m_Value(V), m_SpecificInt(TyAllocSize)))) {
3547 return GetElementPtrInst::Create(Builder.getInt8Ty(),
3548 GEP.getPointerOperand(), V,
3549 GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3550 }
3551 }
3552 if (ExactIns->isExact() && ExactIns->hasOneUse()) {
3553 // Try to canonicalize non-i8 element type to i8 if the index is an
3554 // exact instruction. If the index is an exact instruction (div/shr)
3555 // with a constant RHS, we can fold the non-i8 element scale into the
3556 // div/shr (similiar to the mul case, just inverted).
3557 const APInt *C;
3558 std::optional<APInt> NewC;
3559 if (has_single_bit(TyAllocSize) &&
3560 match(ExactIns, m_Shr(m_Value(V), m_APInt(C))) &&
3561 C->uge(countr_zero(TyAllocSize)))
3562 NewC = *C - countr_zero(TyAllocSize);
3563 else if (match(ExactIns, m_UDiv(m_Value(V), m_APInt(C)))) {
3564 APInt Quot;
3565 uint64_t Rem;
3566 APInt::udivrem(*C, TyAllocSize, Quot, Rem);
3567 if (Rem == 0)
3568 NewC = Quot;
3569 } else if (match(ExactIns, m_SDiv(m_Value(V), m_APInt(C)))) {
3570 APInt Quot;
3571 int64_t Rem;
3572 APInt::sdivrem(*C, TyAllocSize, Quot, Rem);
3573 // For sdiv we need to make sure we arent creating INT_MIN / -1.
3574 if (!Quot.isAllOnes() && Rem == 0)
3575 NewC = Quot;
3576 }
3577
3578 if (NewC.has_value()) {
3579 Value *NewOp = Builder.CreateBinOp(
3580 static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(ExactIns->getOpcode()), V,
3581 ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), *NewC));
3582 cast<BinaryOperator>(NewOp)->setIsExact();
3583 return GetElementPtrInst::Create(Builder.getInt8Ty(),
3584 GEP.getPointerOperand(), NewOp,
3585 GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3586 }
3587 }
3588 }
3589 }
3590 }
3591 // We do not handle pointer-vector geps here.
3592 if (GEPType->isVectorTy())
3593 return nullptr;
3594
3595 if (!GEP.isInBounds()) {
3596 unsigned IdxWidth =
3597 DL.getIndexSizeInBits(PtrOp->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
3598 APInt BasePtrOffset(IdxWidth, 0);
3599 Value *UnderlyingPtrOp =
3600 PtrOp->stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(DL, BasePtrOffset);
3601 bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed;
3602 uint64_t DerefBytes = UnderlyingPtrOp->getPointerDereferenceableBytes(
3603 DL, CanBeNull, CanBeFreed);
3604 if (!CanBeNull && !CanBeFreed && DerefBytes != 0) {
3605 if (GEP.accumulateConstantOffset(DL, BasePtrOffset) &&
3606 BasePtrOffset.isNonNegative()) {
3607 APInt AllocSize(IdxWidth, DerefBytes);
3608 if (BasePtrOffset.ule(AllocSize)) {
3610 GEP.getSourceElementType(), PtrOp, Indices, GEP.getName());
3611 }
3612 }
3613 }
3614 }
3615
3616 // nusw + nneg -> nuw
3617 if (GEP.hasNoUnsignedSignedWrap() && !GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap() &&
3618 all_of(GEP.indices(), [&](Value *Idx) {
3619 return isKnownNonNegative(Idx, SQ.getWithInstruction(&GEP));
3620 })) {
3621 GEP.setNoWrapFlags(GEP.getNoWrapFlags() | GEPNoWrapFlags::noUnsignedWrap());
3622 return &GEP;
3623 }
3624
3625 // These rewrites are trying to preserve inbounds/nuw attributes. So we want
3626 // to do this after having tried to derive "nuw" above.
3627 if (GEP.getNumIndices() == 1) {
3628 // Given (gep p, x+y) we want to determine the common nowrap flags for both
3629 // geps if transforming into (gep (gep p, x), y).
3630 auto GetPreservedNoWrapFlags = [&](bool AddIsNUW) {
3631 // We can preserve both "inbounds nuw", "nusw nuw" and "nuw" if we know
3632 // that x + y does not have unsigned wrap.
3633 if (GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap() && AddIsNUW)
3634 return GEP.getNoWrapFlags();
3635 return GEPNoWrapFlags::none();
3636 };
3637
3638 // Try to replace ADD + GEP with GEP + GEP.
3639 Value *Idx1, *Idx2;
3640 if (match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3641 m_OneUse(m_AddLike(m_Value(Idx1), m_Value(Idx2))))) {
3642 // %idx = add i64 %idx1, %idx2
3643 // %gep = getelementptr i32, ptr %ptr, i64 %idx
3644 // as:
3645 // %newptr = getelementptr i32, ptr %ptr, i64 %idx1
3646 // %newgep = getelementptr i32, ptr %newptr, i64 %idx2
3647 bool NUW = match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_NUWAddLike(m_Value(), m_Value()));
3648 GEPNoWrapFlags NWFlags = GetPreservedNoWrapFlags(NUW);
3649 auto *NewPtr =
3650 Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(), GEP.getPointerOperand(),
3651 Idx1, "", NWFlags);
3652 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP,
3653 Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(),
3654 NewPtr, Idx2, "", NWFlags));
3655 }
3656 ConstantInt *C;
3657 if (match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_OneUse(m_SExtLike(m_OneUse(m_NSWAddLike(
3658 m_Value(Idx1), m_ConstantInt(C))))))) {
3659 // %add = add nsw i32 %idx1, idx2
3660 // %sidx = sext i32 %add to i64
3661 // %gep = getelementptr i32, ptr %ptr, i64 %sidx
3662 // as:
3663 // %newptr = getelementptr i32, ptr %ptr, i32 %idx1
3664 // %newgep = getelementptr i32, ptr %newptr, i32 idx2
3665 bool NUW = match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3667 GEPNoWrapFlags NWFlags = GetPreservedNoWrapFlags(NUW);
3668 auto *NewPtr = Builder.CreateGEP(
3669 GEP.getSourceElementType(), GEP.getPointerOperand(),
3670 Builder.CreateSExt(Idx1, GEP.getOperand(1)->getType()), "", NWFlags);
3671 return replaceInstUsesWith(
3672 GEP,
3673 Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(), NewPtr,
3674 Builder.CreateSExt(C, GEP.getOperand(1)->getType()),
3675 "", NWFlags));
3676 }
3677 }
3678
3680 return R;
3681
3682 // srem -> (and/urem) for inbounds+nuw GEP
3683 if (Indices.size() == 1 && GEP.isInBounds() && GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
3684 Value *X, *Y;
3685
3686 // Match: idx = srem X, Y -- where Y is a power-of-two value.
3687 if (match(Indices[0], m_OneUse(m_SRem(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) &&
3688 isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, /*OrZero=*/true, &GEP)) {
3689 // If GEP is inbounds+nuw, the offset cannot be negative
3690 // -> srem by power-of-two can be treated as urem,
3691 // and urem by power-of-two folds to 'and' later.
3692 // OrZero=true is fine here because division by zero is UB.
3693 Instruction *OldIdxI = cast<Instruction>(Indices[0]);
3694 Value *NewIdx = Builder.CreateURem(X, Y, OldIdxI->getName());
3695
3696 return GetElementPtrInst::Create(GEPEltType, PtrOp, {NewIdx},
3697 GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3698 }
3699 }
3700
3701 return nullptr;
3702}
3703
3705 Instruction *AI) {
3707 return true;
3708 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V))
3709 return isa<GlobalVariable>(LI->getPointerOperand());
3710 // Two distinct allocations will never be equal.
3711 return isAllocLikeFn(V, &TLI) && V != AI;
3712}
3713
3714/// Given a call CB which uses an address UsedV, return true if we can prove the
3715/// call's only possible effect is storing to V.
3716static bool isRemovableWrite(CallBase &CB, Value *UsedV,
3717 const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI) {
3718 if (!CB.use_empty())
3719 // TODO: add recursion if returned attribute is present
3720 return false;
3721
3722 if (CB.isTerminator())
3723 // TODO: remove implementation restriction
3724 return false;
3725
3726 if (!CB.willReturn() || !CB.doesNotThrow())
3727 return false;
3728
3729 // If the only possible side effect of the call is writing to the alloca,
3730 // and the result isn't used, we can safely remove any reads implied by the
3731 // call including those which might read the alloca itself.
3732 std::optional<MemoryLocation> Dest = MemoryLocation::getForDest(&CB, TLI);
3733 return Dest && Dest->Ptr == UsedV;
3734}
3735
3736static std::optional<ModRefInfo>
3738 const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI, bool KnowInit) {
3740 const std::optional<StringRef> Family = getAllocationFamily(AI, &TLI);
3741 Worklist.push_back(AI);
3743
3744 do {
3745 Instruction *PI = Worklist.pop_back_val();
3746 for (User *U : PI->users()) {
3748 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3749 default:
3750 // Give up the moment we see something we can't handle.
3751 return std::nullopt;
3752
3753 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast:
3754 case Instruction::BitCast:
3755 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
3756 Users.emplace_back(I);
3757 Worklist.push_back(I);
3758 continue;
3759
3760 case Instruction::ICmp: {
3761 ICmpInst *ICI = cast<ICmpInst>(I);
3762 // We can fold eq/ne comparisons with null to false/true, respectively.
3763 // We also fold comparisons in some conditions provided the alloc has
3764 // not escaped (see isNeverEqualToUnescapedAlloc).
3765 if (!ICI->isEquality())
3766 return std::nullopt;
3767 unsigned OtherIndex = (ICI->getOperand(0) == PI) ? 1 : 0;
3768 if (!isNeverEqualToUnescapedAlloc(ICI->getOperand(OtherIndex), TLI, AI))
3769 return std::nullopt;
3770
3771 // Do not fold compares to aligned_alloc calls, as they may have to
3772 // return null in case the required alignment cannot be satisfied,
3773 // unless we can prove that both alignment and size are valid.
3774 auto AlignmentAndSizeKnownValid = [](CallBase *CB) {
3775 // Check if alignment and size of a call to aligned_alloc is valid,
3776 // that is alignment is a power-of-2 and the size is a multiple of the
3777 // alignment.
3778 const APInt *Alignment;
3779 const APInt *Size;
3780 return match(CB->getArgOperand(0), m_APInt(Alignment)) &&
3781 match(CB->getArgOperand(1), m_APInt(Size)) &&
3782 Alignment->isPowerOf2() && Size->urem(*Alignment).isZero();
3783 };
3784 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(AI);
3785 LibFunc TheLibFunc;
3786 if (CB && TLI.getLibFunc(*CB->getCalledFunction(), TheLibFunc) &&
3787 TLI.has(TheLibFunc) && TheLibFunc == LibFunc_aligned_alloc &&
3788 !AlignmentAndSizeKnownValid(CB))
3789 return std::nullopt;
3790 Users.emplace_back(I);
3791 continue;
3792 }
3793
3794 case Instruction::Call:
3795 // Ignore no-op and store intrinsics.
3797 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
3798 default:
3799 return std::nullopt;
3800
3801 case Intrinsic::memmove:
3802 case Intrinsic::memcpy:
3803 case Intrinsic::memset: {
3805 if (MI->isVolatile())
3806 return std::nullopt;
3807 // Note: this could also be ModRef, but we can still interpret that
3808 // as just Mod in that case.
3809 ModRefInfo NewAccess =
3810 MI->getRawDest() == PI ? ModRefInfo::Mod : ModRefInfo::Ref;
3811 if ((Access & ~NewAccess) != ModRefInfo::NoModRef)
3812 return std::nullopt;
3813 Access |= NewAccess;
3814 [[fallthrough]];
3815 }
3816 case Intrinsic::assume:
3817 case Intrinsic::invariant_start:
3818 case Intrinsic::invariant_end:
3819 case Intrinsic::lifetime_start:
3820 case Intrinsic::lifetime_end:
3821 case Intrinsic::objectsize:
3822 Users.emplace_back(I);
3823 continue;
3824 case Intrinsic::launder_invariant_group:
3825 case Intrinsic::strip_invariant_group:
3826 Users.emplace_back(I);
3827 Worklist.push_back(I);
3828 continue;
3829 }
3830 }
3831
3832 if (Family && getFreedOperand(cast<CallBase>(I), &TLI) == PI &&
3833 getAllocationFamily(I, &TLI) == Family) {
3834 Users.emplace_back(I);
3835 continue;
3836 }
3837
3838 if (Family && getReallocatedOperand(cast<CallBase>(I)) == PI &&
3839 getAllocationFamily(I, &TLI) == Family) {
3840 Users.emplace_back(I);
3841 Worklist.push_back(I);
3842 continue;
3843 }
3844
3845 if (!isRefSet(Access) &&
3846 isRemovableWrite(*cast<CallBase>(I), PI, TLI)) {
3848 Users.emplace_back(I);
3849 continue;
3850 }
3851
3852 return std::nullopt;
3853
3854 case Instruction::Store: {
3856 if (SI->isVolatile() || SI->getPointerOperand() != PI)
3857 return std::nullopt;
3858 if (isRefSet(Access))
3859 return std::nullopt;
3861 Users.emplace_back(I);
3862 continue;
3863 }
3864
3865 case Instruction::Load: {
3866 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(I);
3867 if (LI->isVolatile() || LI->getPointerOperand() != PI)
3868 return std::nullopt;
3869 if (isModSet(Access))
3870 return std::nullopt;
3872 Users.emplace_back(I);
3873 continue;
3874 }
3875 }
3876 llvm_unreachable("missing a return?");
3877 }
3878 } while (!Worklist.empty());
3879
3881 return Access;
3882}
3883
3886
3887 // If we have a malloc call which is only used in any amount of comparisons to
3888 // null and free calls, delete the calls and replace the comparisons with true
3889 // or false as appropriate.
3890
3891 // This is based on the principle that we can substitute our own allocation
3892 // function (which will never return null) rather than knowledge of the
3893 // specific function being called. In some sense this can change the permitted
3894 // outputs of a program (when we convert a malloc to an alloca, the fact that
3895 // the allocation is now on the stack is potentially visible, for example),
3896 // but we believe in a permissible manner.
3898
3899 // If we are removing an alloca with a dbg.declare, insert dbg.value calls
3900 // before each store.
3902 std::unique_ptr<DIBuilder> DIB;
3903 if (isa<AllocaInst>(MI)) {
3904 findDbgUsers(&MI, DVRs);
3905 DIB.reset(new DIBuilder(*MI.getModule(), /*AllowUnresolved=*/false));
3906 }
3907
3908 // Determine what getInitialValueOfAllocation would return without actually
3909 // allocating the result.
3910 bool KnowInitUndef = false;
3911 bool KnowInitZero = false;
3912 Constant *Init =
3914 if (Init) {
3915 if (isa<UndefValue>(Init))
3916 KnowInitUndef = true;
3917 else if (Init->isNullValue())
3918 KnowInitZero = true;
3919 }
3920 // The various sanitizers don't actually return undef memory, but rather
3921 // memory initialized with special forms of runtime poison
3922 auto &F = *MI.getFunction();
3923 if (F.hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeMemory) ||
3924 F.hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeAddress))
3925 KnowInitUndef = false;
3926
3927 auto Removable =
3928 isAllocSiteRemovable(&MI, Users, TLI, KnowInitZero | KnowInitUndef);
3929 if (Removable) {
3930 for (WeakTrackingVH &User : Users) {
3931 // Lowering all @llvm.objectsize and MTI calls first because they may use
3932 // a bitcast/GEP of the alloca we are removing.
3933 if (!User)
3934 continue;
3935
3937
3939 if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::objectsize) {
3940 SmallVector<Instruction *> InsertedInstructions;
3941 Value *Result = lowerObjectSizeCall(
3942 II, DL, &TLI, AA, /*MustSucceed=*/true, &InsertedInstructions);
3943 for (Instruction *Inserted : InsertedInstructions)
3944 Worklist.add(Inserted);
3945 replaceInstUsesWith(*I, Result);
3947 User = nullptr; // Skip examining in the next loop.
3948 continue;
3949 }
3950 if (auto *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(I)) {
3951 if (KnowInitZero && isRefSet(*Removable)) {
3953 Builder.SetInsertPoint(MTI);
3954 auto *M = Builder.CreateMemSet(
3955 MTI->getRawDest(),
3956 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt8Ty(MI.getContext()), 0),
3957 MTI->getLength(), MTI->getDestAlign());
3958 M->copyMetadata(*MTI);
3959 }
3960 }
3961 }
3962 }
3963 for (WeakTrackingVH &User : Users) {
3964 if (!User)
3965 continue;
3966
3968
3969 if (ICmpInst *C = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I)) {
3971 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(C->getContext()),
3972 C->isFalseWhenEqual()));
3973 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
3974 for (auto *DVR : DVRs)
3975 if (DVR->isAddressOfVariable())
3977 } else {
3978 // Casts, GEP, or anything else: we're about to delete this instruction,
3979 // so it can not have any valid uses.
3981 if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) {
3982 assert(KnowInitZero || KnowInitUndef);
3983 Replace = KnowInitUndef ? UndefValue::get(I->getType())
3984 : Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
3985 } else
3986 Replace = PoisonValue::get(I->getType());
3988 }
3990 }
3991
3993 // Replace invoke with a NOP intrinsic to maintain the original CFG
3994 Module *M = II->getModule();
3995 Function *F = Intrinsic::getOrInsertDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::donothing);
3996 auto *NewII = InvokeInst::Create(
3997 F, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(), {}, "", II->getParent());
3998 NewII->setDebugLoc(II->getDebugLoc());
3999 }
4000
4001 // Remove debug intrinsics which describe the value contained within the
4002 // alloca. In addition to removing dbg.{declare,addr} which simply point to
4003 // the alloca, remove dbg.value(<alloca>, ..., DW_OP_deref)'s as well, e.g.:
4004 //
4005 // ```
4006 // define void @foo(i32 %0) {
4007 // %a = alloca i32 ; Deleted.
4008 // store i32 %0, i32* %a
4009 // dbg.value(i32 %0, "arg0") ; Not deleted.
4010 // dbg.value(i32* %a, "arg0", DW_OP_deref) ; Deleted.
4011 // call void @trivially_inlinable_no_op(i32* %a)
4012 // ret void
4013 // }
4014 // ```
4015 //
4016 // This may not be required if we stop describing the contents of allocas
4017 // using dbg.value(<alloca>, ..., DW_OP_deref), but we currently do this in
4018 // the LowerDbgDeclare utility.
4019 //
4020 // If there is a dead store to `%a` in @trivially_inlinable_no_op, the
4021 // "arg0" dbg.value may be stale after the call. However, failing to remove
4022 // the DW_OP_deref dbg.value causes large gaps in location coverage.
4023 //
4024 // FIXME: the Assignment Tracking project has now likely made this
4025 // redundant (and it's sometimes harmful).
4026 for (auto *DVR : DVRs)
4027 if (DVR->isAddressOfVariable() || DVR->getExpression()->startsWithDeref())
4028 DVR->eraseFromParent();
4029
4030 return eraseInstFromFunction(MI);
4031 }
4032 return nullptr;
4033}
4034
4035/// Move the call to free before a NULL test.
4036///
4037/// Check if this free is accessed after its argument has been test
4038/// against NULL (property 0).
4039/// If yes, it is legal to move this call in its predecessor block.
4040///
4041/// The move is performed only if the block containing the call to free
4042/// will be removed, i.e.:
4043/// 1. it has only one predecessor P, and P has two successors
4044/// 2. it contains the call, noops, and an unconditional branch
4045/// 3. its successor is the same as its predecessor's successor
4046///
4047/// The profitability is out-of concern here and this function should
4048/// be called only if the caller knows this transformation would be
4049/// profitable (e.g., for code size).
4051 const DataLayout &DL) {
4052 Value *Op = FI.getArgOperand(0);
4053 BasicBlock *FreeInstrBB = FI.getParent();
4054 BasicBlock *PredBB = FreeInstrBB->getSinglePredecessor();
4055
4056 // Validate part of constraint #1: Only one predecessor
4057 // FIXME: We can extend the number of predecessor, but in that case, we
4058 // would duplicate the call to free in each predecessor and it may
4059 // not be profitable even for code size.
4060 if (!PredBB)
4061 return nullptr;
4062
4063 // Validate constraint #2: Does this block contains only the call to
4064 // free, noops, and an unconditional branch?
4065 BasicBlock *SuccBB;
4066 Instruction *FreeInstrBBTerminator = FreeInstrBB->getTerminator();
4067 if (!match(FreeInstrBBTerminator, m_UnconditionalBr(SuccBB)))
4068 return nullptr;
4069
4070 // If there are only 2 instructions in the block, at this point,
4071 // this is the call to free and unconditional.
4072 // If there are more than 2 instructions, check that they are noops
4073 // i.e., they won't hurt the performance of the generated code.
4074 if (FreeInstrBB->size() != 2) {
4075 for (const Instruction &Inst : *FreeInstrBB) {
4076 if (&Inst == &FI || &Inst == FreeInstrBBTerminator ||
4078 continue;
4079 auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(&Inst);
4080 if (!Cast || !Cast->isNoopCast(DL))
4081 return nullptr;
4082 }
4083 }
4084 // Validate the rest of constraint #1 by matching on the pred branch.
4085 Instruction *TI = PredBB->getTerminator();
4086 BasicBlock *TrueBB, *FalseBB;
4087 CmpPredicate Pred;
4088 if (!match(TI, m_Br(m_ICmp(Pred,
4090 m_Specific(Op->stripPointerCasts())),
4091 m_Zero()),
4092 TrueBB, FalseBB)))
4093 return nullptr;
4094 if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
4095 return nullptr;
4096
4097 // Validate constraint #3: Ensure the null case just falls through.
4098 if (SuccBB != (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? TrueBB : FalseBB))
4099 return nullptr;
4100 assert(FreeInstrBB == (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? FalseBB : TrueBB) &&
4101 "Broken CFG: missing edge from predecessor to successor");
4102
4103 // At this point, we know that everything in FreeInstrBB can be moved
4104 // before TI.
4105 for (Instruction &Instr : llvm::make_early_inc_range(*FreeInstrBB)) {
4106 if (&Instr == FreeInstrBBTerminator)
4107 break;
4108 Instr.moveBeforePreserving(TI->getIterator());
4109 }
4110 assert(FreeInstrBB->size() == 1 &&
4111 "Only the branch instruction should remain");
4112
4113 // Now that we've moved the call to free before the NULL check, we have to
4114 // remove any attributes on its parameter that imply it's non-null, because
4115 // those attributes might have only been valid because of the NULL check, and
4116 // we can get miscompiles if we keep them. This is conservative if non-null is
4117 // also implied by something other than the NULL check, but it's guaranteed to
4118 // be correct, and the conservativeness won't matter in practice, since the
4119 // attributes are irrelevant for the call to free itself and the pointer
4120 // shouldn't be used after the call.
4121 AttributeList Attrs = FI.getAttributes();
4122 Attrs = Attrs.removeParamAttribute(FI.getContext(), 0, Attribute::NonNull);
4123 Attribute Dereferenceable = Attrs.getParamAttr(0, Attribute::Dereferenceable);
4124 if (Dereferenceable.isValid()) {
4125 uint64_t Bytes = Dereferenceable.getDereferenceableBytes();
4126 Attrs = Attrs.removeParamAttribute(FI.getContext(), 0,
4127 Attribute::Dereferenceable);
4128 Attrs = Attrs.addDereferenceableOrNullParamAttr(FI.getContext(), 0, Bytes);
4129 }
4130 FI.setAttributes(Attrs);
4131
4132 return &FI;
4133}
4134
4136 // free undef -> unreachable.
4137 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4138 // Leave a marker since we can't modify the CFG here.
4140 return eraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4141 }
4142
4143 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4144 // when lots of inlining happens.
4146 return eraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4147
4148 // If we had free(realloc(...)) with no intervening uses, then eliminate the
4149 // realloc() entirely.
4151 if (CI && CI->hasOneUse())
4152 if (Value *ReallocatedOp = getReallocatedOperand(CI))
4153 return eraseInstFromFunction(*replaceInstUsesWith(*CI, ReallocatedOp));
4154
4155 // If we optimize for code size, try to move the call to free before the null
4156 // test so that simplify cfg can remove the empty block and dead code
4157 // elimination the branch. I.e., helps to turn something like:
4158 // if (foo) free(foo);
4159 // into
4160 // free(foo);
4161 //
4162 // Note that we can only do this for 'free' and not for any flavor of
4163 // 'operator delete'; there is no 'operator delete' symbol for which we are
4164 // permitted to invent a call, even if we're passing in a null pointer.
4165 if (MinimizeSize) {
4166 LibFunc Func;
4167 if (TLI.getLibFunc(FI, Func) && TLI.has(Func) && Func == LibFunc_free)
4169 return I;
4170 }
4171
4172 return nullptr;
4173}
4174
4176 Value *RetVal = RI.getReturnValue();
4177 if (!RetVal)
4178 return nullptr;
4179
4180 Function *F = RI.getFunction();
4181 Type *RetTy = RetVal->getType();
4182 if (RetTy->isPointerTy()) {
4183 bool HasDereferenceable =
4184 F->getAttributes().getRetDereferenceableBytes() > 0;
4185 if (F->hasRetAttribute(Attribute::NonNull) ||
4186 (HasDereferenceable &&
4188 if (Value *V = simplifyNonNullOperand(RetVal, HasDereferenceable))
4189 return replaceOperand(RI, 0, V);
4190 }
4191 }
4192
4193 if (!AttributeFuncs::isNoFPClassCompatibleType(RetTy))
4194 return nullptr;
4195
4196 FPClassTest ReturnClass = F->getAttributes().getRetNoFPClass();
4197 if (ReturnClass == fcNone)
4198 return nullptr;
4199
4200 KnownFPClass KnownClass;
4201 if (SimplifyDemandedFPClass(&RI, 0, ~ReturnClass, KnownClass,
4202 SQ.getWithInstruction(&RI)))
4203 return &RI;
4204
4205 return nullptr;
4206}
4207
4208// WARNING: keep in sync with SimplifyCFGOpt::simplifyUnreachable()!
4210 // Try to remove the previous instruction if it must lead to unreachable.
4211 // This includes instructions like stores and "llvm.assume" that may not get
4212 // removed by simple dead code elimination.
4213 bool Changed = false;
4214 while (Instruction *Prev = I.getPrevNode()) {
4215 // While we theoretically can erase EH, that would result in a block that
4216 // used to start with an EH no longer starting with EH, which is invalid.
4217 // To make it valid, we'd need to fixup predecessors to no longer refer to
4218 // this block, but that changes CFG, which is not allowed in InstCombine.
4219 if (Prev->isEHPad())
4220 break; // Can not drop any more instructions. We're done here.
4221
4223 break; // Can not drop any more instructions. We're done here.
4224 // Otherwise, this instruction can be freely erased,
4225 // even if it is not side-effect free.
4226
4227 // A value may still have uses before we process it here (for example, in
4228 // another unreachable block), so convert those to poison.
4229 replaceInstUsesWith(*Prev, PoisonValue::get(Prev->getType()));
4230 eraseInstFromFunction(*Prev);
4231 Changed = true;
4232 }
4233 return Changed;
4234}
4235
4240
4242 // If this store is the second-to-last instruction in the basic block
4243 // (excluding debug info) and if the block ends with
4244 // an unconditional branch, try to move the store to the successor block.
4245
4246 auto GetLastSinkableStore = [](BasicBlock::iterator BBI) {
4247 BasicBlock::iterator FirstInstr = BBI->getParent()->begin();
4248 do {
4249 if (BBI != FirstInstr)
4250 --BBI;
4251 } while (BBI != FirstInstr && BBI->isDebugOrPseudoInst());
4252
4253 return dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI);
4254 };
4255
4256 if (StoreInst *SI = GetLastSinkableStore(BasicBlock::iterator(BI)))
4258 return &BI;
4259
4260 return nullptr;
4261}
4262
4265 if (!DeadEdges.insert({From, To}).second)
4266 return;
4267
4268 // Replace phi node operands in successor with poison.
4269 for (PHINode &PN : To->phis())
4270 for (Use &U : PN.incoming_values())
4271 if (PN.getIncomingBlock(U) == From && !isa<PoisonValue>(U)) {
4272 replaceUse(U, PoisonValue::get(PN.getType()));
4273 addToWorklist(&PN);
4274 MadeIRChange = true;
4275 }
4276
4277 Worklist.push_back(To);
4278}
4279
4280// Under the assumption that I is unreachable, remove it and following
4281// instructions. Changes are reported directly to MadeIRChange.
4284 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
4285 for (Instruction &Inst : make_early_inc_range(
4286 make_range(std::next(BB->getTerminator()->getReverseIterator()),
4287 std::next(I->getReverseIterator())))) {
4288 if (!Inst.use_empty() && !Inst.getType()->isTokenTy()) {
4289 replaceInstUsesWith(Inst, PoisonValue::get(Inst.getType()));
4290 MadeIRChange = true;
4291 }
4292 if (Inst.isEHPad() || Inst.getType()->isTokenTy())
4293 continue;
4294 // RemoveDIs: erase debug-info on this instruction manually.
4295 Inst.dropDbgRecords();
4297 MadeIRChange = true;
4298 }
4299
4302 MadeIRChange = true;
4303 for (Value *V : Changed)
4305 }
4306
4307 // Handle potentially dead successors.
4308 for (BasicBlock *Succ : successors(BB))
4309 addDeadEdge(BB, Succ, Worklist);
4310}
4311
4314 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4315 BasicBlock *BB = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4316 if (!all_of(predecessors(BB), [&](BasicBlock *Pred) {
4317 return DeadEdges.contains({Pred, BB}) || DT.dominates(BB, Pred);
4318 }))
4319 continue;
4320
4322 }
4323}
4324
4326 BasicBlock *LiveSucc) {
4328 for (BasicBlock *Succ : successors(BB)) {
4329 // The live successor isn't dead.
4330 if (Succ == LiveSucc)
4331 continue;
4332
4333 addDeadEdge(BB, Succ, Worklist);
4334 }
4335
4337}
4338
4340 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
4341 Value *Cond = BI.getCondition();
4342 Value *X;
4343 if (match(Cond, m_Not(m_Value(X))) && !isa<Constant>(X)) {
4344 // Swap Destinations and condition...
4345 BI.swapSuccessors();
4346 if (BPI)
4347 BPI->swapSuccEdgesProbabilities(BI.getParent());
4348 return replaceOperand(BI, 0, X);
4349 }
4350
4351 // Canonicalize logical-and-with-invert as logical-or-with-invert.
4352 // This is done by inverting the condition and swapping successors:
4353 // br (X && !Y), T, F --> br !(X && !Y), F, T --> br (!X || Y), F, T
4354 Value *Y;
4355 if (isa<SelectInst>(Cond) &&
4356 match(Cond,
4358 Value *NotX = Builder.CreateNot(X, "not." + X->getName());
4359 Value *Or = Builder.CreateLogicalOr(NotX, Y);
4360
4361 // Set weights for the new OR select instruction too.
4363 if (auto *OrInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Or)) {
4364 if (auto *CondInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
4365 SmallVector<uint32_t> Weights;
4366 if (extractBranchWeights(*CondInst, Weights)) {
4367 assert(Weights.size() == 2 &&
4368 "Unexpected number of branch weights!");
4369 std::swap(Weights[0], Weights[1]);
4370 setBranchWeights(*OrInst, Weights, /*IsExpected=*/false);
4371 }
4372 }
4373 }
4374 }
4375 BI.swapSuccessors();
4376 if (BPI)
4377 BPI->swapSuccEdgesProbabilities(BI.getParent());
4378 return replaceOperand(BI, 0, Or);
4379 }
4380
4381 // If the condition is irrelevant, remove the use so that other
4382 // transforms on the condition become more effective.
4383 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Cond) && BI.getSuccessor(0) == BI.getSuccessor(1))
4384 return replaceOperand(BI, 0, ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType()));
4385
4386 // Canonicalize, for example, fcmp_one -> fcmp_oeq.
4387 CmpPredicate Pred;
4388 if (match(Cond, m_OneUse(m_FCmp(Pred, m_Value(), m_Value()))) &&
4389 !isCanonicalPredicate(Pred)) {
4390 // Swap destinations and condition.
4391 auto *Cmp = cast<CmpInst>(Cond);
4392 Cmp->setPredicate(CmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred));
4393 BI.swapSuccessors();
4394 if (BPI)
4395 BPI->swapSuccEdgesProbabilities(BI.getParent());
4396 Worklist.push(Cmp);
4397 return &BI;
4398 }
4399
4400 if (isa<UndefValue>(Cond)) {
4401 handlePotentiallyDeadSuccessors(BI.getParent(), /*LiveSucc*/ nullptr);
4402 return nullptr;
4403 }
4404 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond)) {
4405 handlePotentiallyDeadSuccessors(BI.getParent(),
4406 BI.getSuccessor(!CI->getZExtValue()));
4407 return nullptr;
4408 }
4409
4410 // Replace all dominated uses of the condition with true/false
4411 // Ignore constant expressions to avoid iterating over uses on other
4412 // functions.
4413 if (!isa<Constant>(Cond) && BI.getSuccessor(0) != BI.getSuccessor(1)) {
4414 for (auto &U : make_early_inc_range(Cond->uses())) {
4415 BasicBlockEdge Edge0(BI.getParent(), BI.getSuccessor(0));
4416 if (DT.dominates(Edge0, U)) {
4417 replaceUse(U, ConstantInt::getTrue(Cond->getType()));
4418 addToWorklist(cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()));
4419 continue;
4420 }
4421 BasicBlockEdge Edge1(BI.getParent(), BI.getSuccessor(1));
4422 if (DT.dominates(Edge1, U)) {
4423 replaceUse(U, ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType()));
4424 addToWorklist(cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()));
4425 }
4426 }
4427 }
4428
4429 DC.registerBranch(&BI);
4430 return nullptr;
4431}
4432
4433// Replaces (switch (select cond, X, C)/(select cond, C, X)) with (switch X) if
4434// we can prove that both (switch C) and (switch X) go to the default when cond
4435// is false/true.
4438 bool IsTrueArm) {
4439 unsigned CstOpIdx = IsTrueArm ? 1 : 2;
4440 auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Select->getOperand(CstOpIdx));
4441 if (!C)
4442 return nullptr;
4443
4444 BasicBlock *CstBB = SI.findCaseValue(C)->getCaseSuccessor();
4445 if (CstBB != SI.getDefaultDest())
4446 return nullptr;
4447 Value *X = Select->getOperand(3 - CstOpIdx);
4448 CmpPredicate Pred;
4449 const APInt *RHSC;
4450 if (!match(Select->getCondition(),
4451 m_ICmp(Pred, m_Specific(X), m_APInt(RHSC))))
4452 return nullptr;
4453 if (IsTrueArm)
4454 Pred = ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
4455
4456 // See whether we can replace the select with X
4458 for (auto Case : SI.cases())
4459 if (!CR.contains(Case.getCaseValue()->getValue()))
4460 return nullptr;
4461
4462 return X;
4463}
4464
4466 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
4467 Value *Op0;
4468 const APInt *CondOpC;
4469 using InvertFn = std::function<APInt(const APInt &Case, const APInt &C)>;
4470
4471 auto MaybeInvertible = [&](Value *Cond) -> InvertFn {
4472 if (match(Cond, m_Add(m_Value(Op0), m_APInt(CondOpC))))
4473 // Change 'switch (X+C) case Case:' into 'switch (X) case Case-C'.
4474 return [](const APInt &Case, const APInt &C) { return Case - C; };
4475
4476 if (match(Cond, m_Sub(m_APInt(CondOpC), m_Value(Op0))))
4477 // Change 'switch (C-X) case Case:' into 'switch (X) case C-Case'.
4478 return [](const APInt &Case, const APInt &C) { return C - Case; };
4479
4480 if (match(Cond, m_Xor(m_Value(Op0), m_APInt(CondOpC))) &&
4481 !CondOpC->isMinSignedValue() && !CondOpC->isMaxSignedValue())
4482 // Change 'switch (X^C) case Case:' into 'switch (X) case Case^C'.
4483 // Prevent creation of large case values by excluding extremes.
4484 return [](const APInt &Case, const APInt &C) { return Case ^ C; };
4485
4486 return nullptr;
4487 };
4488
4489 // Attempt to invert and simplify the switch condition, as long as the
4490 // condition is not used further, as it may not be profitable otherwise.
4491 if (auto InvertFn = MaybeInvertible(Cond); InvertFn && Cond->hasOneUse()) {
4492 for (auto &Case : SI.cases()) {
4493 const APInt &New = InvertFn(Case.getCaseValue()->getValue(), *CondOpC);
4494 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(SI.getContext(), New));
4495 }
4496 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, Op0);
4497 }
4498
4499 uint64_t ShiftAmt;
4500 if (match(Cond, m_Shl(m_Value(Op0), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))) &&
4501 ShiftAmt < Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() &&
4502 all_of(SI.cases(), [&](const auto &Case) {
4503 return Case.getCaseValue()->getValue().countr_zero() >= ShiftAmt;
4504 })) {
4505 // Change 'switch (X << 2) case 4:' into 'switch (X) case 1:'.
4507 if (Shl->hasNoUnsignedWrap() || Shl->hasNoSignedWrap() ||
4508 Shl->hasOneUse()) {
4509 Value *NewCond = Op0;
4510 if (!Shl->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && !Shl->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
4511 // If the shift may wrap, we need to mask off the shifted bits.
4512 unsigned BitWidth = Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
4513 NewCond = Builder.CreateAnd(
4514 Op0, APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - ShiftAmt));
4515 }
4516 for (auto Case : SI.cases()) {
4517 const APInt &CaseVal = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
4518 APInt ShiftedCase = Shl->hasNoSignedWrap() ? CaseVal.ashr(ShiftAmt)
4519 : CaseVal.lshr(ShiftAmt);
4520 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(SI.getContext(), ShiftedCase));
4521 }
4522 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, NewCond);
4523 }
4524 }
4525
4526 // Fold switch(zext/sext(X)) into switch(X) if possible.
4527 if (match(Cond, m_ZExtOrSExt(m_Value(Op0)))) {
4528 bool IsZExt = isa<ZExtInst>(Cond);
4529 Type *SrcTy = Op0->getType();
4530 unsigned NewWidth = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
4531
4532 if (all_of(SI.cases(), [&](const auto &Case) {
4533 const APInt &CaseVal = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
4534 return IsZExt ? CaseVal.isIntN(NewWidth)
4535 : CaseVal.isSignedIntN(NewWidth);
4536 })) {
4537 for (auto &Case : SI.cases()) {
4538 APInt TruncatedCase = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue().trunc(NewWidth);
4539 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(SI.getContext(), TruncatedCase));
4540 }
4541 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, Op0);
4542 }
4543 }
4544
4545 // Fold switch(select cond, X, Y) into switch(X/Y) if possible
4546 if (auto *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Cond)) {
4547 if (Value *V =
4548 simplifySwitchOnSelectUsingRanges(SI, Select, /*IsTrueArm=*/true))
4549 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, V);
4550 if (Value *V =
4551 simplifySwitchOnSelectUsingRanges(SI, Select, /*IsTrueArm=*/false))
4552 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, V);
4553 }
4554
4555 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(Cond, &SI);
4556 unsigned LeadingKnownZeros = Known.countMinLeadingZeros();
4557 unsigned LeadingKnownOnes = Known.countMinLeadingOnes();
4558
4559 // Compute the number of leading bits we can ignore.
4560 // TODO: A better way to determine this would use ComputeNumSignBits().
4561 for (const auto &C : SI.cases()) {
4562 LeadingKnownZeros =
4563 std::min(LeadingKnownZeros, C.getCaseValue()->getValue().countl_zero());
4564 LeadingKnownOnes =
4565 std::min(LeadingKnownOnes, C.getCaseValue()->getValue().countl_one());
4566 }
4567
4568 unsigned NewWidth = Known.getBitWidth() - std::max(LeadingKnownZeros, LeadingKnownOnes);
4569
4570 // Shrink the condition operand if the new type is smaller than the old type.
4571 // But do not shrink to a non-standard type, because backend can't generate
4572 // good code for that yet.
4573 // TODO: We can make it aggressive again after fixing PR39569.
4574 if (NewWidth > 0 && NewWidth < Known.getBitWidth() &&
4575 shouldChangeType(Known.getBitWidth(), NewWidth)) {
4576 IntegerType *Ty = IntegerType::get(SI.getContext(), NewWidth);
4577 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&SI);
4578 Value *NewCond = Builder.CreateTrunc(Cond, Ty, "trunc");
4579
4580 for (auto Case : SI.cases()) {
4581 APInt TruncatedCase = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue().trunc(NewWidth);
4582 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(SI.getContext(), TruncatedCase));
4583 }
4584 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, NewCond);
4585 }
4586
4587 if (isa<UndefValue>(Cond)) {
4588 handlePotentiallyDeadSuccessors(SI.getParent(), /*LiveSucc*/ nullptr);
4589 return nullptr;
4590 }
4591 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond)) {
4593 SI.findCaseValue(CI)->getCaseSuccessor());
4594 return nullptr;
4595 }
4596
4597 return nullptr;
4598}
4599
4601InstCombinerImpl::foldExtractOfOverflowIntrinsic(ExtractValueInst &EV) {
4603 if (!WO)
4604 return nullptr;
4605
4606 Intrinsic::ID OvID = WO->getIntrinsicID();
4607 const APInt *C = nullptr;
4608 if (match(WO->getRHS(), m_APIntAllowPoison(C))) {
4609 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0 && (OvID == Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow ||
4610 OvID == Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow)) {
4611 // extractvalue (any_mul_with_overflow X, -1), 0 --> -X
4612 if (C->isAllOnes())
4613 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(WO->getLHS());
4614 // extractvalue (any_mul_with_overflow X, 2^n), 0 --> X << n
4615 if (C->isPowerOf2()) {
4616 return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(
4617 WO->getLHS(),
4618 ConstantInt::get(WO->getLHS()->getType(), C->logBase2()));
4619 }
4620 }
4621 }
4622
4623 // We're extracting from an overflow intrinsic. See if we're the only user.
4624 // That allows us to simplify multiple result intrinsics to simpler things
4625 // that just get one value.
4626 if (!WO->hasOneUse())
4627 return nullptr;
4628
4629 // Check if we're grabbing only the result of a 'with overflow' intrinsic
4630 // and replace it with a traditional binary instruction.
4631 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) {
4632 Instruction::BinaryOps BinOp = WO->getBinaryOp();
4633 Value *LHS = WO->getLHS(), *RHS = WO->getRHS();
4634 // Replace the old instruction's uses with poison.
4635 replaceInstUsesWith(*WO, PoisonValue::get(WO->getType()));
4637 return BinaryOperator::Create(BinOp, LHS, RHS);
4638 }
4639
4640 assert(*EV.idx_begin() == 1 && "Unexpected extract index for overflow inst");
4641
4642 // (usub LHS, RHS) overflows when LHS is unsigned-less-than RHS.
4643 if (OvID == Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow)
4644 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, WO->getLHS(), WO->getRHS());
4645
4646 // smul with i1 types overflows when both sides are set: -1 * -1 == +1, but
4647 // +1 is not possible because we assume signed values.
4648 if (OvID == Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow &&
4649 WO->getLHS()->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
4650 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(WO->getLHS(), WO->getRHS());
4651
4652 // extractvalue (umul_with_overflow X, X), 1 -> X u> 2^(N/2)-1
4653 if (OvID == Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow && WO->getLHS() == WO->getRHS()) {
4654 unsigned BitWidth = WO->getLHS()->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
4655 // Only handle even bitwidths for performance reasons.
4656 if (BitWidth % 2 == 0)
4657 return new ICmpInst(
4658 ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, WO->getLHS(),
4659 ConstantInt::get(WO->getLHS()->getType(),
4661 }
4662
4663 // If only the overflow result is used, and the right hand side is a
4664 // constant (or constant splat), we can remove the intrinsic by directly
4665 // checking for overflow.
4666 if (C) {
4667 // Compute the no-wrap range for LHS given RHS=C, then construct an
4668 // equivalent icmp, potentially using an offset.
4669 ConstantRange NWR = ConstantRange::makeExactNoWrapRegion(
4670 WO->getBinaryOp(), *C, WO->getNoWrapKind());
4671
4672 CmpInst::Predicate Pred;
4673 APInt NewRHSC, Offset;
4674 NWR.getEquivalentICmp(Pred, NewRHSC, Offset);
4675 auto *OpTy = WO->getRHS()->getType();
4676 auto *NewLHS = WO->getLHS();
4677 if (Offset != 0)
4678 NewLHS = Builder.CreateAdd(NewLHS, ConstantInt::get(OpTy, Offset));
4679 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred), NewLHS,
4680 ConstantInt::get(OpTy, NewRHSC));
4681 }
4682
4683 return nullptr;
4684}
4685
4688 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder) {
4689 // Helper to fold frexp of select to select of frexp.
4690
4691 if (!SelectInst->hasOneUse() || !FrexpCall->hasOneUse())
4692 return nullptr;
4694 Value *TrueVal = SelectInst->getTrueValue();
4695 Value *FalseVal = SelectInst->getFalseValue();
4696
4697 const APFloat *ConstVal = nullptr;
4698 Value *VarOp = nullptr;
4699 bool ConstIsTrue = false;
4700
4701 if (match(TrueVal, m_APFloat(ConstVal))) {
4702 VarOp = FalseVal;
4703 ConstIsTrue = true;
4704 } else if (match(FalseVal, m_APFloat(ConstVal))) {
4705 VarOp = TrueVal;
4706 ConstIsTrue = false;
4707 } else {
4708 return nullptr;
4709 }
4710
4711 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&EV);
4712
4713 CallInst *NewFrexp =
4714 Builder.CreateCall(FrexpCall->getCalledFunction(), {VarOp}, "frexp");
4715 NewFrexp->copyIRFlags(FrexpCall);
4716
4717 Value *NewEV = Builder.CreateExtractValue(NewFrexp, 0, "mantissa");
4718
4719 int Exp;
4720 APFloat Mantissa = frexp(*ConstVal, Exp, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
4721
4722 Constant *ConstantMantissa = ConstantFP::get(TrueVal->getType(), Mantissa);
4723
4724 Value *NewSel = Builder.CreateSelectFMF(
4725 Cond, ConstIsTrue ? ConstantMantissa : NewEV,
4726 ConstIsTrue ? NewEV : ConstantMantissa, SelectInst, "select.frexp");
4727 return NewSel;
4728}
4730 Value *Agg = EV.getAggregateOperand();
4731
4732 if (!EV.hasIndices())
4733 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, Agg);
4734
4735 if (Value *V = simplifyExtractValueInst(Agg, EV.getIndices(),
4736 SQ.getWithInstruction(&EV)))
4737 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, V);
4738
4739 Value *Cond, *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
4741 m_Value(Cond), m_Value(TrueVal), m_Value(FalseVal)))))) {
4742 auto *SelInst =
4743 cast<SelectInst>(cast<IntrinsicInst>(Agg)->getArgOperand(0));
4744 if (Value *Result =
4745 foldFrexpOfSelect(EV, cast<IntrinsicInst>(Agg), SelInst, Builder))
4746 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, Result);
4747 }
4749 // We're extracting from an insertvalue instruction, compare the indices
4750 const unsigned *exti, *exte, *insi, *inse;
4751 for (exti = EV.idx_begin(), insi = IV->idx_begin(),
4752 exte = EV.idx_end(), inse = IV->idx_end();
4753 exti != exte && insi != inse;
4754 ++exti, ++insi) {
4755 if (*insi != *exti)
4756 // The insert and extract both reference distinctly different elements.
4757 // This means the extract is not influenced by the insert, and we can
4758 // replace the aggregate operand of the extract with the aggregate
4759 // operand of the insert. i.e., replace
4760 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
4761 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 0
4762 // with
4763 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 0
4764 return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
4765 EV.getIndices());
4766 }
4767 if (exti == exte && insi == inse)
4768 // Both iterators are at the end: Index lists are identical. Replace
4769 // %B = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
4770 // %C = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %B, 1, 0
4771 // with "i32 42"
4772 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand());
4773 if (exti == exte) {
4774 // The extract list is a prefix of the insert list. i.e. replace
4775 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
4776 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1
4777 // with
4778 // %X = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 1
4779 // %E = insertvalue { i32 } %X, i32 42, 0
4780 // by switching the order of the insert and extract (though the
4781 // insertvalue should be left in, since it may have other uses).
4782 Value *NewEV = Builder.CreateExtractValue(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
4783 EV.getIndices());
4784 return InsertValueInst::Create(NewEV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
4785 ArrayRef(insi, inse));
4786 }
4787 if (insi == inse)
4788 // The insert list is a prefix of the extract list
4789 // We can simply remove the common indices from the extract and make it
4790 // operate on the inserted value instead of the insertvalue result.
4791 // i.e., replace
4792 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
4793 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1, 0
4794 // with
4795 // %E extractvalue { i32 } { i32 42 }, 0
4796 return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
4797 ArrayRef(exti, exte));
4798 }
4799
4800 if (Instruction *R = foldExtractOfOverflowIntrinsic(EV))
4801 return R;
4802
4803 if (LoadInst *L = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Agg)) {
4804 // Bail out if the aggregate contains scalable vector type
4805 if (auto *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Agg->getType());
4806 STy && STy->isScalableTy())
4807 return nullptr;
4808
4809 // If the (non-volatile) load only has one use, we can rewrite this to a
4810 // load from a GEP. This reduces the size of the load. If a load is used
4811 // only by extractvalue instructions then this either must have been
4812 // optimized before, or it is a struct with padding, in which case we
4813 // don't want to do the transformation as it loses padding knowledge.
4814 if (L->isSimple() && L->hasOneUse()) {
4815 // extractvalue has integer indices, getelementptr has Value*s. Convert.
4816 SmallVector<Value*, 4> Indices;
4817 // Prefix an i32 0 since we need the first element.
4818 Indices.push_back(Builder.getInt32(0));
4819 for (unsigned Idx : EV.indices())
4820 Indices.push_back(Builder.getInt32(Idx));
4821
4822 // We need to insert these at the location of the old load, not at that of
4823 // the extractvalue.
4824 Builder.SetInsertPoint(L);
4825 Value *GEP = Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(L->getType(),
4826 L->getPointerOperand(), Indices);
4827 Instruction *NL = Builder.CreateLoad(EV.getType(), GEP);
4828 // Whatever aliasing information we had for the orignal load must also
4829 // hold for the smaller load, so propagate the annotations.
4830 NL->setAAMetadata(L->getAAMetadata());
4831 // Returning the load directly will cause the main loop to insert it in
4832 // the wrong spot, so use replaceInstUsesWith().
4833 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, NL);
4834 }
4835 }
4836
4837 if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Agg))
4838 if (Instruction *Res = foldOpIntoPhi(EV, PN))
4839 return Res;
4840
4841 // Canonicalize extract (select Cond, TV, FV)
4842 // -> select cond, (extract TV), (extract FV)
4843 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Agg))
4844 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(EV, SI, /*FoldWithMultiUse=*/true))
4845 return R;
4846
4847 // We could simplify extracts from other values. Note that nested extracts may
4848 // already be simplified implicitly by the above: extract (extract (insert) )
4849 // will be translated into extract ( insert ( extract ) ) first and then just
4850 // the value inserted, if appropriate. Similarly for extracts from single-use
4851 // loads: extract (extract (load)) will be translated to extract (load (gep))
4852 // and if again single-use then via load (gep (gep)) to load (gep).
4853 // However, double extracts from e.g. function arguments or return values
4854 // aren't handled yet.
4855 return nullptr;
4856}
4857
4858/// Return 'true' if the given typeinfo will match anything.
4859static bool isCatchAll(EHPersonality Personality, Constant *TypeInfo) {
4860 switch (Personality) {
4864 // The GCC C EH and Rust personality only exists to support cleanups, so
4865 // it's not clear what the semantics of catch clauses are.
4866 return false;
4868 return false;
4870 // While __gnat_all_others_value will match any Ada exception, it doesn't
4871 // match foreign exceptions (or didn't, before gcc-4.7).
4872 return false;
4883 return TypeInfo->isNullValue();
4884 }
4885 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
4886}
4887
4888static bool shorter_filter(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS) {
4889 return
4890 cast<ArrayType>(LHS->getType())->getNumElements()
4891 <
4892 cast<ArrayType>(RHS->getType())->getNumElements();
4893}
4894
4896 // The logic here should be correct for any real-world personality function.
4897 // However if that turns out not to be true, the offending logic can always
4898 // be conditioned on the personality function, like the catch-all logic is.
4899 EHPersonality Personality =
4900 classifyEHPersonality(LI.getParent()->getParent()->getPersonalityFn());
4901
4902 // Simplify the list of clauses, eg by removing repeated catch clauses
4903 // (these are often created by inlining).
4904 bool MakeNewInstruction = false; // If true, recreate using the following:
4905 SmallVector<Constant *, 16> NewClauses; // - Clauses for the new instruction;
4906 bool CleanupFlag = LI.isCleanup(); // - The new instruction is a cleanup.
4907
4908 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> AlreadyCaught; // Typeinfos known caught already.
4909 for (unsigned i = 0, e = LI.getNumClauses(); i != e; ++i) {
4910 bool isLastClause = i + 1 == e;
4911 if (LI.isCatch(i)) {
4912 // A catch clause.
4913 Constant *CatchClause = LI.getClause(i);
4914 Constant *TypeInfo = CatchClause->stripPointerCasts();
4915
4916 // If we already saw this clause, there is no point in having a second
4917 // copy of it.
4918 if (AlreadyCaught.insert(TypeInfo).second) {
4919 // This catch clause was not already seen.
4920 NewClauses.push_back(CatchClause);
4921 } else {
4922 // Repeated catch clause - drop the redundant copy.
4923 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4924 }
4925
4926 // If this is a catch-all then there is no point in keeping any following
4927 // clauses or marking the landingpad as having a cleanup.
4928 if (isCatchAll(Personality, TypeInfo)) {
4929 if (!isLastClause)
4930 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4931 CleanupFlag = false;
4932 break;
4933 }
4934 } else {
4935 // A filter clause. If any of the filter elements were already caught
4936 // then they can be dropped from the filter. It is tempting to try to
4937 // exploit the filter further by saying that any typeinfo that does not
4938 // occur in the filter can't be caught later (and thus can be dropped).
4939 // However this would be wrong, since typeinfos can match without being
4940 // equal (for example if one represents a C++ class, and the other some
4941 // class derived from it).
4942 assert(LI.isFilter(i) && "Unsupported landingpad clause!");
4943 Constant *FilterClause = LI.getClause(i);
4944 ArrayType *FilterType = cast<ArrayType>(FilterClause->getType());
4945 unsigned NumTypeInfos = FilterType->getNumElements();
4946
4947 // An empty filter catches everything, so there is no point in keeping any
4948 // following clauses or marking the landingpad as having a cleanup. By
4949 // dealing with this case here the following code is made a bit simpler.
4950 if (!NumTypeInfos) {
4951 NewClauses.push_back(FilterClause);
4952 if (!isLastClause)
4953 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4954 CleanupFlag = false;
4955 break;
4956 }
4957
4958 bool MakeNewFilter = false; // If true, make a new filter.
4959 SmallVector<Constant *, 16> NewFilterElts; // New elements.
4960 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(FilterClause)) {
4961 // Not an empty filter - it contains at least one null typeinfo.
4962 assert(NumTypeInfos > 0 && "Should have handled empty filter already!");
4963 Constant *TypeInfo =
4965 // If this typeinfo is a catch-all then the filter can never match.
4966 if (isCatchAll(Personality, TypeInfo)) {
4967 // Throw the filter away.
4968 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4969 continue;
4970 }
4971
4972 // There is no point in having multiple copies of this typeinfo, so
4973 // discard all but the first copy if there is more than one.
4974 NewFilterElts.push_back(TypeInfo);
4975 if (NumTypeInfos > 1)
4976 MakeNewFilter = true;
4977 } else {
4978 ConstantArray *Filter = cast<ConstantArray>(FilterClause);
4979 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> SeenInFilter; // For uniquing the elements.
4980 NewFilterElts.reserve(NumTypeInfos);
4981
4982 // Remove any filter elements that were already caught or that already
4983 // occurred in the filter. While there, see if any of the elements are
4984 // catch-alls. If so, the filter can be discarded.
4985 bool SawCatchAll = false;
4986 for (unsigned j = 0; j != NumTypeInfos; ++j) {
4987 Constant *Elt = Filter->getOperand(j);
4988 Constant *TypeInfo = Elt->stripPointerCasts();
4989 if (isCatchAll(Personality, TypeInfo)) {
4990 // This element is a catch-all. Bail out, noting this fact.
4991 SawCatchAll = true;
4992 break;
4993 }
4994
4995 // Even if we've seen a type in a catch clause, we don't want to
4996 // remove it from the filter. An unexpected type handler may be
4997 // set up for a call site which throws an exception of the same
4998 // type caught. In order for the exception thrown by the unexpected
4999 // handler to propagate correctly, the filter must be correctly
5000 // described for the call site.
5001 //
5002 // Example:
5003 //
5004 // void unexpected() { throw 1;}
5005 // void foo() throw (int) {
5006 // std::set_unexpected(unexpected);
5007 // try {
5008 // throw 2.0;
5009 // } catch (int i) {}
5010 // }
5011
5012 // There is no point in having multiple copies of the same typeinfo in
5013 // a filter, so only add it if we didn't already.
5014 if (SeenInFilter.insert(TypeInfo).second)
5015 NewFilterElts.push_back(cast<Constant>(Elt));
5016 }
5017 // A filter containing a catch-all cannot match anything by definition.
5018 if (SawCatchAll) {
5019 // Throw the filter away.
5020 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5021 continue;
5022 }
5023
5024 // If we dropped something from the filter, make a new one.
5025 if (NewFilterElts.size() < NumTypeInfos)
5026 MakeNewFilter = true;
5027 }
5028 if (MakeNewFilter) {
5029 FilterType = ArrayType::get(FilterType->getElementType(),
5030 NewFilterElts.size());
5031 FilterClause = ConstantArray::get(FilterType, NewFilterElts);
5032 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5033 }
5034
5035 NewClauses.push_back(FilterClause);
5036
5037 // If the new filter is empty then it will catch everything so there is
5038 // no point in keeping any following clauses or marking the landingpad
5039 // as having a cleanup. The case of the original filter being empty was
5040 // already handled above.
5041 if (MakeNewFilter && !NewFilterElts.size()) {
5042 assert(MakeNewInstruction && "New filter but not a new instruction!");
5043 CleanupFlag = false;
5044 break;
5045 }
5046 }
5047 }
5048
5049 // If several filters occur in a row then reorder them so that the shortest
5050 // filters come first (those with the smallest number of elements). This is
5051 // advantageous because shorter filters are more likely to match, speeding up
5052 // unwinding, but mostly because it increases the effectiveness of the other
5053 // filter optimizations below.
5054 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewClauses.size(); i + 1 < e; ) {
5055 unsigned j;
5056 // Find the maximal 'j' s.t. the range [i, j) consists entirely of filters.
5057 for (j = i; j != e; ++j)
5058 if (!isa<ArrayType>(NewClauses[j]->getType()))
5059 break;
5060
5061 // Check whether the filters are already sorted by length. We need to know
5062 // if sorting them is actually going to do anything so that we only make a
5063 // new landingpad instruction if it does.
5064 for (unsigned k = i; k + 1 < j; ++k)
5065 if (shorter_filter(NewClauses[k+1], NewClauses[k])) {
5066 // Not sorted, so sort the filters now. Doing an unstable sort would be
5067 // correct too but reordering filters pointlessly might confuse users.
5068 std::stable_sort(NewClauses.begin() + i, NewClauses.begin() + j,
5070 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5071 break;
5072 }
5073
5074 // Look for the next batch of filters.
5075 i = j + 1;
5076 }
5077
5078 // If typeinfos matched if and only if equal, then the elements of a filter L
5079 // that occurs later than a filter F could be replaced by the intersection of
5080 // the elements of F and L. In reality two typeinfos can match without being
5081 // equal (for example if one represents a C++ class, and the other some class
5082 // derived from it) so it would be wrong to perform this transform in general.
5083 // However the transform is correct and useful if F is a subset of L. In that
5084 // case L can be replaced by F, and thus removed altogether since repeating a
5085 // filter is pointless. So here we look at all pairs of filters F and L where
5086 // L follows F in the list of clauses, and remove L if every element of F is
5087 // an element of L. This can occur when inlining C++ functions with exception
5088 // specifications.
5089 for (unsigned i = 0; i + 1 < NewClauses.size(); ++i) {
5090 // Examine each filter in turn.
5091 Value *Filter = NewClauses[i];
5092 ArrayType *FTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Filter->getType());
5093 if (!FTy)
5094 // Not a filter - skip it.
5095 continue;
5096 unsigned FElts = FTy->getNumElements();
5097 // Examine each filter following this one. Doing this backwards means that
5098 // we don't have to worry about filters disappearing under us when removed.
5099 for (unsigned j = NewClauses.size() - 1; j != i; --j) {
5100 Value *LFilter = NewClauses[j];
5101 ArrayType *LTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(LFilter->getType());
5102 if (!LTy)
5103 // Not a filter - skip it.
5104 continue;
5105 // If Filter is a subset of LFilter, i.e. every element of Filter is also
5106 // an element of LFilter, then discard LFilter.
5107 SmallVectorImpl<Constant *>::iterator J = NewClauses.begin() + j;
5108 // If Filter is empty then it is a subset of LFilter.
5109 if (!FElts) {
5110 // Discard LFilter.
5111 NewClauses.erase(J);
5112 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5113 // Move on to the next filter.
5114 continue;
5115 }
5116 unsigned LElts = LTy->getNumElements();
5117 // If Filter is longer than LFilter then it cannot be a subset of it.
5118 if (FElts > LElts)
5119 // Move on to the next filter.
5120 continue;
5121 // At this point we know that LFilter has at least one element.
5122 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LFilter)) { // LFilter only contains zeros.
5123 // Filter is a subset of LFilter iff Filter contains only zeros (as we
5124 // already know that Filter is not longer than LFilter).
5126 assert(FElts <= LElts && "Should have handled this case earlier!");
5127 // Discard LFilter.
5128 NewClauses.erase(J);
5129 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5130 }
5131 // Move on to the next filter.
5132 continue;
5133 }
5134 ConstantArray *LArray = cast<ConstantArray>(LFilter);
5135 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Filter)) { // Filter only contains zeros.
5136 // Since Filter is non-empty and contains only zeros, it is a subset of
5137 // LFilter iff LFilter contains a zero.
5138 assert(FElts > 0 && "Should have eliminated the empty filter earlier!");
5139 for (unsigned l = 0; l != LElts; ++l)
5140 if (LArray->getOperand(l)->isNullValue()) {
5141 // LFilter contains a zero - discard it.
5142 NewClauses.erase(J);
5143 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5144 break;
5145 }
5146 // Move on to the next filter.
5147 continue;
5148 }
5149 // At this point we know that both filters are ConstantArrays. Loop over
5150 // operands to see whether every element of Filter is also an element of
5151 // LFilter. Since filters tend to be short this is probably faster than
5152 // using a method that scales nicely.
5154 bool AllFound = true;
5155 for (unsigned f = 0; f != FElts; ++f) {
5156 Value *FTypeInfo = FArray->getOperand(f)->stripPointerCasts();
5157 AllFound = false;
5158 for (unsigned l = 0; l != LElts; ++l) {
5159 Value *LTypeInfo = LArray->getOperand(l)->stripPointerCasts();
5160 if (LTypeInfo == FTypeInfo) {
5161 AllFound = true;
5162 break;
5163 }
5164 }
5165 if (!AllFound)
5166 break;
5167 }
5168 if (AllFound) {
5169 // Discard LFilter.
5170 NewClauses.erase(J);
5171 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5172 }
5173 // Move on to the next filter.
5174 }
5175 }
5176
5177 // If we changed any of the clauses, replace the old landingpad instruction
5178 // with a new one.
5179 if (MakeNewInstruction) {
5181 NewClauses.size());
5182 for (Constant *C : NewClauses)
5183 NLI->addClause(C);
5184 // A landing pad with no clauses must have the cleanup flag set. It is
5185 // theoretically possible, though highly unlikely, that we eliminated all
5186 // clauses. If so, force the cleanup flag to true.
5187 if (NewClauses.empty())
5188 CleanupFlag = true;
5189 NLI->setCleanup(CleanupFlag);
5190 return NLI;
5191 }
5192
5193 // Even if none of the clauses changed, we may nonetheless have understood
5194 // that the cleanup flag is pointless. Clear it if so.
5195 if (LI.isCleanup() != CleanupFlag) {
5196 assert(!CleanupFlag && "Adding a cleanup, not removing one?!");
5197 LI.setCleanup(CleanupFlag);
5198 return &LI;
5199 }
5200
5201 return nullptr;
5202}
5203
5204Value *
5206 // Try to push freeze through instructions that propagate but don't produce
5207 // poison as far as possible. If an operand of freeze follows three
5208 // conditions 1) one-use, 2) does not produce poison, and 3) has all but one
5209 // guaranteed-non-poison operands then push the freeze through to the one
5210 // operand that is not guaranteed non-poison. The actual transform is as
5211 // follows.
5212 // Op1 = ... ; Op1 can be posion
5213 // Op0 = Inst(Op1, NonPoisonOps...) ; Op0 has only one use and only have
5214 // ; single guaranteed-non-poison operands
5215 // ... = Freeze(Op0)
5216 // =>
5217 // Op1 = ...
5218 // Op1.fr = Freeze(Op1)
5219 // ... = Inst(Op1.fr, NonPoisonOps...)
5220 auto *OrigOp = OrigFI.getOperand(0);
5221 auto *OrigOpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OrigOp);
5222
5223 // While we could change the other users of OrigOp to use freeze(OrigOp), that
5224 // potentially reduces their optimization potential, so let's only do this iff
5225 // the OrigOp is only used by the freeze.
5226 if (!OrigOpInst || !OrigOpInst->hasOneUse() || isa<PHINode>(OrigOp))
5227 return nullptr;
5228
5229 // We can't push the freeze through an instruction which can itself create
5230 // poison. If the only source of new poison is flags, we can simply
5231 // strip them (since we know the only use is the freeze and nothing can
5232 // benefit from them.)
5234 /*ConsiderFlagsAndMetadata*/ false))
5235 return nullptr;
5236
5237 // If operand is guaranteed not to be poison, there is no need to add freeze
5238 // to the operand. So we first find the operand that is not guaranteed to be
5239 // poison.
5240 Value *MaybePoisonOperand = nullptr;
5241 for (Value *V : OrigOpInst->operands()) {
5243 // Treat identical operands as a single operand.
5244 (MaybePoisonOperand && MaybePoisonOperand == V))
5245 continue;
5246 if (!MaybePoisonOperand)
5247 MaybePoisonOperand = V;
5248 else
5249 return nullptr;
5250 }
5251
5252 OrigOpInst->dropPoisonGeneratingAnnotations();
5253
5254 // If all operands are guaranteed to be non-poison, we can drop freeze.
5255 if (!MaybePoisonOperand)
5256 return OrigOp;
5257
5258 Builder.SetInsertPoint(OrigOpInst);
5259 Value *FrozenMaybePoisonOperand = Builder.CreateFreeze(
5260 MaybePoisonOperand, MaybePoisonOperand->getName() + ".fr");
5261
5262 OrigOpInst->replaceUsesOfWith(MaybePoisonOperand, FrozenMaybePoisonOperand);
5263 return OrigOp;
5264}
5265
5267 PHINode *PN) {
5268 // Detect whether this is a recurrence with a start value and some number of
5269 // backedge values. We'll check whether we can push the freeze through the
5270 // backedge values (possibly dropping poison flags along the way) until we
5271 // reach the phi again. In that case, we can move the freeze to the start
5272 // value.
5273 Use *StartU = nullptr;
5275 for (Use &U : PN->incoming_values()) {
5276 if (DT.dominates(PN->getParent(), PN->getIncomingBlock(U))) {
5277 // Add backedge value to worklist.
5278 Worklist.push_back(U.get());
5279 continue;
5280 }
5281
5282 // Don't bother handling multiple start values.
5283 if (StartU)
5284 return nullptr;
5285 StartU = &U;
5286 }
5287
5288 if (!StartU || Worklist.empty())
5289 return nullptr; // Not a recurrence.
5290
5291 Value *StartV = StartU->get();
5292 BasicBlock *StartBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(*StartU);
5293 bool StartNeedsFreeze = !isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(StartV);
5294 // We can't insert freeze if the start value is the result of the
5295 // terminator (e.g. an invoke).
5296 if (StartNeedsFreeze && StartBB->getTerminator() == StartV)
5297 return nullptr;
5298
5301 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
5302 Value *V = Worklist.pop_back_val();
5303 if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
5304 continue;
5305
5306 if (Visited.size() > 32)
5307 return nullptr; // Limit the total number of values we inspect.
5308
5309 // Assume that PN is non-poison, because it will be after the transform.
5310 if (V == PN || isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(V))
5311 continue;
5312
5315 /*ConsiderFlagsAndMetadata*/ false))
5316 return nullptr;
5317
5318 DropFlags.push_back(I);
5319 append_range(Worklist, I->operands());
5320 }
5321
5322 for (Instruction *I : DropFlags)
5323 I->dropPoisonGeneratingAnnotations();
5324
5325 if (StartNeedsFreeze) {
5326 Builder.SetInsertPoint(StartBB->getTerminator());
5327 Value *FrozenStartV = Builder.CreateFreeze(StartV,
5328 StartV->getName() + ".fr");
5329 replaceUse(*StartU, FrozenStartV);
5330 }
5331 return replaceInstUsesWith(FI, PN);
5332}
5333
5335 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
5336
5337 if (isa<Constant>(Op) || Op->hasOneUse())
5338 return false;
5339
5340 // Move the freeze directly after the definition of its operand, so that
5341 // it dominates the maximum number of uses. Note that it may not dominate
5342 // *all* uses if the operand is an invoke/callbr and the use is in a phi on
5343 // the normal/default destination. This is why the domination check in the
5344 // replacement below is still necessary.
5345 BasicBlock::iterator MoveBefore;
5346 if (isa<Argument>(Op)) {
5347 MoveBefore =
5349 } else {
5350 auto MoveBeforeOpt = cast<Instruction>(Op)->getInsertionPointAfterDef();
5351 if (!MoveBeforeOpt)
5352 return false;
5353 MoveBefore = *MoveBeforeOpt;
5354 }
5355
5356 // Re-point iterator to come after any debug-info records.
5357 MoveBefore.setHeadBit(false);
5358
5359 bool Changed = false;
5360 if (&FI != &*MoveBefore) {
5361 FI.moveBefore(*MoveBefore->getParent(), MoveBefore);
5362 Changed = true;
5363 }
5364
5365 Changed |= Op->replaceUsesWithIf(
5366 &FI, [&](Use &U) -> bool { return DT.dominates(&FI, U); });
5367
5368 return Changed;
5369}
5370
5371// Check if any direct or bitcast user of this value is a shuffle instruction.
5373 for (auto *U : V->users()) {
5375 return true;
5376 else if (match(U, m_BitCast(m_Specific(V))) && isUsedWithinShuffleVector(U))
5377 return true;
5378 }
5379 return false;
5380}
5381
5383 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
5384
5385 if (Value *V = simplifyFreezeInst(Op0, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I)))
5386 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
5387
5388 // freeze (phi const, x) --> phi const, (freeze x)
5389 if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op0)) {
5390 if (Instruction *NV = foldOpIntoPhi(I, PN))
5391 return NV;
5392 if (Instruction *NV = foldFreezeIntoRecurrence(I, PN))
5393 return NV;
5394 }
5395
5397 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, NI);
5398
5399 // If I is freeze(undef), check its uses and fold it to a fixed constant.
5400 // - or: pick -1
5401 // - select's condition: if the true value is constant, choose it by making
5402 // the condition true.
5403 // - phi: pick the common constant across operands
5404 // - default: pick 0
5405 //
5406 // Note that this transform is intentionally done here rather than
5407 // via an analysis in InstSimplify or at individual user sites. That is
5408 // because we must produce the same value for all uses of the freeze -
5409 // it's the reason "freeze" exists!
5410 //
5411 // TODO: This could use getBinopAbsorber() / getBinopIdentity() to avoid
5412 // duplicating logic for binops at least.
5413 auto getUndefReplacement = [&](Type *Ty) {
5414 auto pickCommonConstantFromPHI = [](PHINode &PN) -> Value * {
5415 // phi(freeze(undef), C, C). Choose C for freeze so the PHI can be
5416 // removed.
5417 Constant *BestValue = nullptr;
5418 for (Value *V : PN.incoming_values()) {
5419 if (match(V, m_Freeze(m_Undef())))
5420 continue;
5421
5423 if (!C)
5424 return nullptr;
5425
5427 return nullptr;
5428
5429 if (BestValue && BestValue != C)
5430 return nullptr;
5431
5432 BestValue = C;
5433 }
5434 return BestValue;
5435 };
5436
5437 Value *NullValue = Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
5438 Value *BestValue = nullptr;
5439 for (auto *U : I.users()) {
5440 Value *V = NullValue;
5441 if (match(U, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())))
5443 else if (match(U, m_Select(m_Specific(&I), m_Constant(), m_Value())))
5444 V = ConstantInt::getTrue(Ty);
5445 else if (match(U, m_c_Select(m_Specific(&I), m_Value(V)))) {
5446 if (V == &I || !isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(V, &AC, &I, &DT))
5447 V = NullValue;
5448 } else if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U)) {
5449 if (Value *MaybeV = pickCommonConstantFromPHI(*PHI))
5450 V = MaybeV;
5451 }
5452
5453 if (!BestValue)
5454 BestValue = V;
5455 else if (BestValue != V)
5456 BestValue = NullValue;
5457 }
5458 assert(BestValue && "Must have at least one use");
5459 assert(BestValue != &I && "Cannot replace with itself");
5460 return BestValue;
5461 };
5462
5463 if (match(Op0, m_Undef())) {
5464 // Don't fold freeze(undef/poison) if it's used as a vector operand in
5465 // a shuffle. This may improve codegen for shuffles that allow
5466 // unspecified inputs.
5468 return nullptr;
5469 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, getUndefReplacement(I.getType()));
5470 }
5471
5472 auto getFreezeVectorReplacement = [](Constant *C) -> Constant * {
5473 Type *Ty = C->getType();
5474 auto *VTy = dyn_cast<FixedVectorType>(Ty);
5475 if (!VTy)
5476 return nullptr;
5477 unsigned NumElts = VTy->getNumElements();
5478 Constant *BestValue = Constant::getNullValue(VTy->getScalarType());
5479 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
5480 Constant *EltC = C->getAggregateElement(i);
5481 if (EltC && !match(EltC, m_Undef())) {
5482 BestValue = EltC;
5483 break;
5484 }
5485 }
5486 return Constant::replaceUndefsWith(C, BestValue);
5487 };
5488
5489 Constant *C;
5490 if (match(Op0, m_Constant(C)) && C->containsUndefOrPoisonElement() &&
5491 !C->containsConstantExpression()) {
5492 if (Constant *Repl = getFreezeVectorReplacement(C))
5493 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, Repl);
5494 }
5495
5496 // Replace uses of Op with freeze(Op).
5497 if (freezeOtherUses(I))
5498 return &I;
5499
5500 return nullptr;
5501}
5502
5503/// Check for case where the call writes to an otherwise dead alloca. This
5504/// shows up for unused out-params in idiomatic C/C++ code. Note that this
5505/// helper *only* analyzes the write; doesn't check any other legality aspect.
5507 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I);
5508 if (!CB)
5509 // TODO: handle e.g. store to alloca here - only worth doing if we extend
5510 // to allow reload along used path as described below. Otherwise, this
5511 // is simply a store to a dead allocation which will be removed.
5512 return false;
5513 std::optional<MemoryLocation> Dest = MemoryLocation::getForDest(CB, TLI);
5514 if (!Dest)
5515 return false;
5516 auto *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(getUnderlyingObject(Dest->Ptr));
5517 if (!AI)
5518 // TODO: allow malloc?
5519 return false;
5520 // TODO: allow memory access dominated by move point? Note that since AI
5521 // could have a reference to itself captured by the call, we would need to
5522 // account for cycles in doing so.
5523 SmallVector<const User *> AllocaUsers;
5525 auto pushUsers = [&](const Instruction &I) {
5526 for (const User *U : I.users()) {
5527 if (Visited.insert(U).second)
5528 AllocaUsers.push_back(U);
5529 }
5530 };
5531 pushUsers(*AI);
5532 while (!AllocaUsers.empty()) {
5533 auto *UserI = cast<Instruction>(AllocaUsers.pop_back_val());
5534 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<AddrSpaceCastInst>(UserI)) {
5535 pushUsers(*UserI);
5536 continue;
5537 }
5538 if (UserI == CB)
5539 continue;
5540 // TODO: support lifetime.start/end here
5541 return false;
5542 }
5543 return true;
5544}
5545
5546/// Try to move the specified instruction from its current block into the
5547/// beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's safe to move the
5548/// instruction past all of the instructions between it and the end of its
5549/// block.
5551 BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
5552 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I->getParent();
5553
5554 // Cannot move control-flow-involving, volatile loads, vaarg, etc.
5555 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || I->isEHPad() || I->mayThrow() || !I->willReturn() ||
5556 I->isTerminator())
5557 return false;
5558
5559 // Do not sink static or dynamic alloca instructions. Static allocas must
5560 // remain in the entry block, and dynamic allocas must not be sunk in between
5561 // a stacksave / stackrestore pair, which would incorrectly shorten its
5562 // lifetime.
5563 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I))
5564 return false;
5565
5566 // Do not sink into catchswitch blocks.
5567 if (isa<CatchSwitchInst>(DestBlock->getTerminator()))
5568 return false;
5569
5570 // Do not sink convergent call instructions.
5571 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) {
5572 if (CI->isConvergent())
5573 return false;
5574 }
5575
5576 // Unless we can prove that the memory write isn't visibile except on the
5577 // path we're sinking to, we must bail.
5578 if (I->mayWriteToMemory()) {
5579 if (!SoleWriteToDeadLocal(I, TLI))
5580 return false;
5581 }
5582
5583 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
5584 // the end of block that could change the value.
5585 if (I->mayReadFromMemory() &&
5586 !I->hasMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_load)) {
5587 // We don't want to do any sophisticated alias analysis, so we only check
5588 // the instructions after I in I's parent block if we try to sink to its
5589 // successor block.
5590 if (DestBlock->getUniquePredecessor() != I->getParent())
5591 return false;
5592 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = std::next(I->getIterator()),
5593 E = I->getParent()->end();
5594 Scan != E; ++Scan)
5595 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
5596 return false;
5597 }
5598
5599 I->dropDroppableUses([&](const Use *U) {
5600 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U->getUser());
5601 if (I && I->getParent() != DestBlock) {
5602 Worklist.add(I);
5603 return true;
5604 }
5605 return false;
5606 });
5607 /// FIXME: We could remove droppable uses that are not dominated by
5608 /// the new position.
5609
5610 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->getFirstInsertionPt();
5611 I->moveBefore(*DestBlock, InsertPos);
5612 ++NumSunkInst;
5613
5614 // Also sink all related debug uses from the source basic block. Otherwise we
5615 // get debug use before the def. Attempt to salvage debug uses first, to
5616 // maximise the range variables have location for. If we cannot salvage, then
5617 // mark the location undef: we know it was supposed to receive a new location
5618 // here, but that computation has been sunk.
5619 SmallVector<DbgVariableRecord *, 2> DbgVariableRecords;
5620 findDbgUsers(I, DbgVariableRecords);
5621 if (!DbgVariableRecords.empty())
5622 tryToSinkInstructionDbgVariableRecords(I, InsertPos, SrcBlock, DestBlock,
5623 DbgVariableRecords);
5624
5625 // PS: there are numerous flaws with this behaviour, not least that right now
5626 // assignments can be re-ordered past other assignments to the same variable
5627 // if they use different Values. Creating more undef assignements can never be
5628 // undone. And salvaging all users outside of this block can un-necessarily
5629 // alter the lifetime of the live-value that the variable refers to.
5630 // Some of these things can be resolved by tolerating debug use-before-defs in
5631 // LLVM-IR, however it depends on the instruction-referencing CodeGen backend
5632 // being used for more architectures.
5633
5634 return true;
5635}
5636
5638 Instruction *I, BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos, BasicBlock *SrcBlock,
5639 BasicBlock *DestBlock,
5640 SmallVectorImpl<DbgVariableRecord *> &DbgVariableRecords) {
5641 // For all debug values in the destination block, the sunk instruction
5642 // will still be available, so they do not need to be dropped.
5643
5644 // Fetch all DbgVariableRecords not already in the destination.
5645 SmallVector<DbgVariableRecord *, 2> DbgVariableRecordsToSalvage;
5646 for (auto &DVR : DbgVariableRecords)
5647 if (DVR->getParent() != DestBlock)
5648 DbgVariableRecordsToSalvage.push_back(DVR);
5649
5650 // Fetch a second collection, of DbgVariableRecords in the source block that
5651 // we're going to sink.
5652 SmallVector<DbgVariableRecord *> DbgVariableRecordsToSink;
5653 for (DbgVariableRecord *DVR : DbgVariableRecordsToSalvage)
5654 if (DVR->getParent() == SrcBlock)
5655 DbgVariableRecordsToSink.push_back(DVR);
5656
5657 // Sort DbgVariableRecords according to their position in the block. This is a
5658 // partial order: DbgVariableRecords attached to different instructions will
5659 // be ordered by the instruction order, but DbgVariableRecords attached to the
5660 // same instruction won't have an order.
5661 auto Order = [](DbgVariableRecord *A, DbgVariableRecord *B) -> bool {
5662 return B->getInstruction()->comesBefore(A->getInstruction());
5663 };
5664 llvm::stable_sort(DbgVariableRecordsToSink, Order);
5665
5666 // If there are two assignments to the same variable attached to the same
5667 // instruction, the ordering between the two assignments is important. Scan
5668 // for this (rare) case and establish which is the last assignment.
5669 using InstVarPair = std::pair<const Instruction *, DebugVariable>;
5671 if (DbgVariableRecordsToSink.size() > 1) {
5673 // Count how many assignments to each variable there is per instruction.
5674 for (DbgVariableRecord *DVR : DbgVariableRecordsToSink) {
5675 DebugVariable DbgUserVariable =
5676 DebugVariable(DVR->getVariable(), DVR->getExpression(),
5677 DVR->getDebugLoc()->getInlinedAt());
5678 CountMap[std::make_pair(DVR->getInstruction(), DbgUserVariable)] += 1;
5679 }
5680
5681 // If there are any instructions with two assignments, add them to the
5682 // FilterOutMap to record that they need extra filtering.
5684 for (auto It : CountMap) {
5685 if (It.second > 1) {
5686 FilterOutMap[It.first] = nullptr;
5687 DupSet.insert(It.first.first);
5688 }
5689 }
5690
5691 // For all instruction/variable pairs needing extra filtering, find the
5692 // latest assignment.
5693 for (const Instruction *Inst : DupSet) {
5694 for (DbgVariableRecord &DVR :
5695 llvm::reverse(filterDbgVars(Inst->getDbgRecordRange()))) {
5696 DebugVariable DbgUserVariable =
5697 DebugVariable(DVR.getVariable(), DVR.getExpression(),
5698 DVR.getDebugLoc()->getInlinedAt());
5699 auto FilterIt =
5700 FilterOutMap.find(std::make_pair(Inst, DbgUserVariable));
5701 if (FilterIt == FilterOutMap.end())
5702 continue;
5703 if (FilterIt->second != nullptr)
5704 continue;
5705 FilterIt->second = &DVR;
5706 }
5707 }
5708 }
5709
5710 // Perform cloning of the DbgVariableRecords that we plan on sinking, filter
5711 // out any duplicate assignments identified above.
5713 SmallSet<DebugVariable, 4> SunkVariables;
5714 for (DbgVariableRecord *DVR : DbgVariableRecordsToSink) {
5716 continue;
5717
5718 DebugVariable DbgUserVariable =
5719 DebugVariable(DVR->getVariable(), DVR->getExpression(),
5720 DVR->getDebugLoc()->getInlinedAt());
5721
5722 // For any variable where there were multiple assignments in the same place,
5723 // ignore all but the last assignment.
5724 if (!FilterOutMap.empty()) {
5725 InstVarPair IVP = std::make_pair(DVR->getInstruction(), DbgUserVariable);
5726 auto It = FilterOutMap.find(IVP);
5727
5728 // Filter out.
5729 if (It != FilterOutMap.end() && It->second != DVR)
5730 continue;
5731 }
5732
5733 if (!SunkVariables.insert(DbgUserVariable).second)
5734 continue;
5735
5736 if (DVR->isDbgAssign())
5737 continue;
5738
5739 DVRClones.emplace_back(DVR->clone());
5740 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CLONE: " << *DVRClones.back() << '\n');
5741 }
5742
5743 // Perform salvaging without the clones, then sink the clones.
5744 if (DVRClones.empty())
5745 return;
5746
5747 salvageDebugInfoForDbgValues(*I, DbgVariableRecordsToSalvage);
5748
5749 // The clones are in reverse order of original appearance. Assert that the
5750 // head bit is set on the iterator as we _should_ have received it via
5751 // getFirstInsertionPt. Inserting like this will reverse the clone order as
5752 // we'll repeatedly insert at the head, such as:
5753 // DVR-3 (third insertion goes here)
5754 // DVR-2 (second insertion goes here)
5755 // DVR-1 (first insertion goes here)
5756 // Any-Prior-DVRs
5757 // InsertPtInst
5758 assert(InsertPos.getHeadBit());
5759 for (DbgVariableRecord *DVRClone : DVRClones) {
5760 InsertPos->getParent()->insertDbgRecordBefore(DVRClone, InsertPos);
5761 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SINK: " << *DVRClone << '\n');
5762 }
5763}
5764
5766 while (!Worklist.isEmpty()) {
5767 // Walk deferred instructions in reverse order, and push them to the
5768 // worklist, which means they'll end up popped from the worklist in-order.
5769 while (Instruction *I = Worklist.popDeferred()) {
5770 // Check to see if we can DCE the instruction. We do this already here to
5771 // reduce the number of uses and thus allow other folds to trigger.
5772 // Note that eraseInstFromFunction() may push additional instructions on
5773 // the deferred worklist, so this will DCE whole instruction chains.
5776 ++NumDeadInst;
5777 continue;
5778 }
5779
5780 Worklist.push(I);
5781 }
5782
5783 Instruction *I = Worklist.removeOne();
5784 if (I == nullptr) continue; // skip null values.
5785
5786 // Check to see if we can DCE the instruction.
5789 ++NumDeadInst;
5790 continue;
5791 }
5792
5793 if (!DebugCounter::shouldExecute(VisitCounter))
5794 continue;
5795
5796 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to its user if we can
5797 // prove that the successor is not executed more frequently than our block.
5798 // Return the UserBlock if successful.
5799 auto getOptionalSinkBlockForInst =
5800 [this](Instruction *I) -> std::optional<BasicBlock *> {
5801 if (!EnableCodeSinking)
5802 return std::nullopt;
5803
5804 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
5805 BasicBlock *UserParent = nullptr;
5806 unsigned NumUsers = 0;
5807
5808 for (Use &U : I->uses()) {
5809 User *User = U.getUser();
5810 if (User->isDroppable()) {
5811 // Do not sink if there are dereferenceable assumes that would be
5812 // removed.
5814 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::assume ||
5815 !II->getOperandBundle("dereferenceable"))
5816 continue;
5817 }
5818
5819 if (NumUsers > MaxSinkNumUsers)
5820 return std::nullopt;
5821
5822 Instruction *UserInst = cast<Instruction>(User);
5823 // Special handling for Phi nodes - get the block the use occurs in.
5824 BasicBlock *UserBB = UserInst->getParent();
5825 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UserInst))
5826 UserBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(U);
5827 // Bail out if we have uses in different blocks. We don't do any
5828 // sophisticated analysis (i.e finding NearestCommonDominator of these
5829 // use blocks).
5830 if (UserParent && UserParent != UserBB)
5831 return std::nullopt;
5832 UserParent = UserBB;
5833
5834 // Make sure these checks are done only once, naturally we do the checks
5835 // the first time we get the userparent, this will save compile time.
5836 if (NumUsers == 0) {
5837 // Try sinking to another block. If that block is unreachable, then do
5838 // not bother. SimplifyCFG should handle it.
5839 if (UserParent == BB || !DT.isReachableFromEntry(UserParent))
5840 return std::nullopt;
5841
5842 auto *Term = UserParent->getTerminator();
5843 // See if the user is one of our successors that has only one
5844 // predecessor, so that we don't have to split the critical edge.
5845 // Another option where we can sink is a block that ends with a
5846 // terminator that does not pass control to other block (such as
5847 // return or unreachable or resume). In this case:
5848 // - I dominates the User (by SSA form);
5849 // - the User will be executed at most once.
5850 // So sinking I down to User is always profitable or neutral.
5851 if (UserParent->getUniquePredecessor() != BB && !succ_empty(Term))
5852 return std::nullopt;
5853
5854 assert(DT.dominates(BB, UserParent) && "Dominance relation broken?");
5855 }
5856
5857 NumUsers++;
5858 }
5859
5860 // No user or only has droppable users.
5861 if (!UserParent)
5862 return std::nullopt;
5863
5864 return UserParent;
5865 };
5866
5867 auto OptBB = getOptionalSinkBlockForInst(I);
5868 if (OptBB) {
5869 auto *UserParent = *OptBB;
5870 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
5871 if (tryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent)) {
5872 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: Sink: " << *I << '\n');
5873 MadeIRChange = true;
5874 // We'll add uses of the sunk instruction below, but since
5875 // sinking can expose opportunities for it's *operands* add
5876 // them to the worklist
5877 for (Use &U : I->operands())
5878 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.get()))
5879 Worklist.push(OpI);
5880 }
5881 }
5882
5883 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it.
5884 Builder.SetInsertPoint(I);
5885 Builder.CollectMetadataToCopy(
5886 I, {LLVMContext::MD_dbg, LLVMContext::MD_annotation});
5887
5888#ifndef NDEBUG
5889 std::string OrigI;
5890#endif
5891 LLVM_DEBUG(raw_string_ostream SS(OrigI); I->print(SS););
5892 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: Visiting: " << OrigI << '\n');
5893
5894 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
5895 ++NumCombined;
5896 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
5897 if (Result != I) {
5898 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: Old = " << *I << '\n'
5899 << " New = " << *Result << '\n');
5900
5901 // We copy the old instruction's DebugLoc to the new instruction, unless
5902 // InstCombine already assigned a DebugLoc to it, in which case we
5903 // should trust the more specifically selected DebugLoc.
5904 Result->setDebugLoc(Result->getDebugLoc().orElse(I->getDebugLoc()));
5905 // We also copy annotation metadata to the new instruction.
5906 Result->copyMetadata(*I, LLVMContext::MD_annotation);
5907 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
5908 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
5909
5910 // Move the name to the new instruction first.
5911 Result->takeName(I);
5912
5913 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
5914 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
5915 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I->getIterator();
5916
5917 // Are we replace a PHI with something that isn't a PHI, or vice versa?
5918 if (isa<PHINode>(Result) != isa<PHINode>(I)) {
5919 // We need to fix up the insertion point.
5920 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) // PHI -> Non-PHI
5921 InsertPos = InstParent->getFirstInsertionPt();
5922 else // Non-PHI -> PHI
5923 InsertPos = InstParent->getFirstNonPHIIt();
5924 }
5925
5926 Result->insertInto(InstParent, InsertPos);
5927
5928 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
5929 Worklist.pushUsersToWorkList(*Result);
5930 Worklist.push(Result);
5931
5933 } else {
5934 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: Mod = " << OrigI << '\n'
5935 << " New = " << *I << '\n');
5936
5937 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
5938 // if so, remove it.
5941 } else {
5942 Worklist.pushUsersToWorkList(*I);
5943 Worklist.push(I);
5944 }
5945 }
5946 MadeIRChange = true;
5947 }
5948 }
5949
5950 Worklist.zap();
5951 return MadeIRChange;
5952}
5953
5954// Track the scopes used by !alias.scope and !noalias. In a function, a
5955// @llvm.experimental.noalias.scope.decl is only useful if that scope is used
5956// by both sets. If not, the declaration of the scope can be safely omitted.
5957// The MDNode of the scope can be omitted as well for the instructions that are
5958// part of this function. We do not do that at this point, as this might become
5959// too time consuming to do.
5961 SmallPtrSet<const MDNode *, 8> UsedAliasScopesAndLists;
5962 SmallPtrSet<const MDNode *, 8> UsedNoAliasScopesAndLists;
5963
5964public:
5966 // This seems to be faster than checking 'mayReadOrWriteMemory()'.
5967 if (!I->hasMetadataOtherThanDebugLoc())
5968 return;
5969
5970 auto Track = [](Metadata *ScopeList, auto &Container) {
5971 const auto *MDScopeList = dyn_cast_or_null<MDNode>(ScopeList);
5972 if (!MDScopeList || !Container.insert(MDScopeList).second)
5973 return;
5974 for (const auto &MDOperand : MDScopeList->operands())
5975 if (auto *MDScope = dyn_cast<MDNode>(MDOperand))
5976 Container.insert(MDScope);
5977 };
5978
5979 Track(I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_alias_scope), UsedAliasScopesAndLists);
5980 Track(I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_noalias), UsedNoAliasScopesAndLists);
5981 }
5982
5985 if (!Decl)
5986 return false;
5987
5988 assert(Decl->use_empty() &&
5989 "llvm.experimental.noalias.scope.decl in use ?");
5990 const MDNode *MDSL = Decl->getScopeList();
5991 assert(MDSL->getNumOperands() == 1 &&
5992 "llvm.experimental.noalias.scope should refer to a single scope");
5993 auto &MDOperand = MDSL->getOperand(0);
5994 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<MDNode>(MDOperand))
5995 return !UsedAliasScopesAndLists.contains(MD) ||
5996 !UsedNoAliasScopesAndLists.contains(MD);
5997
5998 // Not an MDNode ? throw away.
5999 return true;
6000 }
6001};
6002
6003/// Populate the IC worklist from a function, by walking it in reverse
6004/// post-order and adding all reachable code to the worklist.
6005///
6006/// This has a couple of tricks to make the code faster and more powerful. In
6007/// particular, we constant fold and DCE instructions as we go, to avoid adding
6008/// them to the worklist (this significantly speeds up instcombine on code where
6009/// many instructions are dead or constant). Additionally, if we find a branch
6010/// whose condition is a known constant, we only visit the reachable successors.
6012 bool MadeIRChange = false;
6014 SmallVector<Instruction *, 128> InstrsForInstructionWorklist;
6015 DenseMap<Constant *, Constant *> FoldedConstants;
6016 AliasScopeTracker SeenAliasScopes;
6017
6018 auto HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor = [&](BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *LiveSucc) {
6019 for (BasicBlock *Succ : successors(BB))
6020 if (Succ != LiveSucc && DeadEdges.insert({BB, Succ}).second)
6021 for (PHINode &PN : Succ->phis())
6022 for (Use &U : PN.incoming_values())
6023 if (PN.getIncomingBlock(U) == BB && !isa<PoisonValue>(U)) {
6024 U.set(PoisonValue::get(PN.getType()));
6025 MadeIRChange = true;
6026 }
6027 };
6028
6029 for (BasicBlock *BB : RPOT) {
6030 if (!BB->isEntryBlock() && all_of(predecessors(BB), [&](BasicBlock *Pred) {
6031 return DeadEdges.contains({Pred, BB}) || DT.dominates(BB, Pred);
6032 })) {
6033 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB, nullptr);
6034 continue;
6035 }
6036 LiveBlocks.insert(BB);
6037
6038 for (Instruction &Inst : llvm::make_early_inc_range(*BB)) {
6039 // ConstantProp instruction if trivially constant.
6040 if (!Inst.use_empty() &&
6041 (Inst.getNumOperands() == 0 || isa<Constant>(Inst.getOperand(0))))
6042 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(&Inst, DL, &TLI)) {
6043 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << Inst
6044 << '\n');
6045 Inst.replaceAllUsesWith(C);
6046 ++NumConstProp;
6047 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(&Inst, &TLI))
6048 Inst.eraseFromParent();
6049 MadeIRChange = true;
6050 continue;
6051 }
6052
6053 // See if we can constant fold its operands.
6054 for (Use &U : Inst.operands()) {
6056 continue;
6057
6058 auto *C = cast<Constant>(U);
6059 Constant *&FoldRes = FoldedConstants[C];
6060 if (!FoldRes)
6061 FoldRes = ConstantFoldConstant(C, DL, &TLI);
6062
6063 if (FoldRes != C) {
6064 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: ConstFold operand of: " << Inst
6065 << "\n Old = " << *C
6066 << "\n New = " << *FoldRes << '\n');
6067 U = FoldRes;
6068 MadeIRChange = true;
6069 }
6070 }
6071
6072 // Skip processing debug and pseudo intrinsics in InstCombine. Processing
6073 // these call instructions consumes non-trivial amount of time and
6074 // provides no value for the optimization.
6075 if (!Inst.isDebugOrPseudoInst()) {
6076 InstrsForInstructionWorklist.push_back(&Inst);
6077 SeenAliasScopes.analyse(&Inst);
6078 }
6079 }
6080
6081 // If this is a branch or switch on a constant, mark only the single
6082 // live successor. Otherwise assume all successors are live.
6083 Instruction *TI = BB->getTerminator();
6084 if (CondBrInst *BI = dyn_cast<CondBrInst>(TI)) {
6085 if (isa<UndefValue>(BI->getCondition())) {
6086 // Branch on undef is UB.
6087 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB, nullptr);
6088 continue;
6089 }
6090 if (auto *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) {
6091 bool CondVal = Cond->getZExtValue();
6092 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB, BI->getSuccessor(!CondVal));
6093 continue;
6094 }
6095 } else if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) {
6096 if (isa<UndefValue>(SI->getCondition())) {
6097 // Switch on undef is UB.
6098 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB, nullptr);
6099 continue;
6100 }
6101 if (auto *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getCondition())) {
6102 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB,
6103 SI->findCaseValue(Cond)->getCaseSuccessor());
6104 continue;
6105 }
6106 }
6107 }
6108
6109 // Remove instructions inside unreachable blocks. This prevents the
6110 // instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases, and
6111 // reduces use counts of instructions.
6112 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
6113 if (LiveBlocks.count(&BB))
6114 continue;
6115
6116 unsigned NumDeadInstInBB;
6117 NumDeadInstInBB = removeAllNonTerminatorAndEHPadInstructions(&BB);
6118
6119 MadeIRChange |= NumDeadInstInBB != 0;
6120 NumDeadInst += NumDeadInstInBB;
6121 }
6122
6123 // Once we've found all of the instructions to add to instcombine's worklist,
6124 // add them in reverse order. This way instcombine will visit from the top
6125 // of the function down. This jives well with the way that it adds all uses
6126 // of instructions to the worklist after doing a transformation, thus avoiding
6127 // some N^2 behavior in pathological cases.
6128 Worklist.reserve(InstrsForInstructionWorklist.size());
6129 for (Instruction *Inst : reverse(InstrsForInstructionWorklist)) {
6130 // DCE instruction if trivially dead. As we iterate in reverse program
6131 // order here, we will clean up whole chains of dead instructions.
6132 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(Inst, &TLI) ||
6133 SeenAliasScopes.isNoAliasScopeDeclDead(Inst)) {
6134 ++NumDeadInst;
6135 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: DCE: " << *Inst << '\n');
6136 salvageDebugInfo(*Inst);
6137 Inst->eraseFromParent();
6138 MadeIRChange = true;
6139 continue;
6140 }
6141
6142 Worklist.push(Inst);
6143 }
6144
6145 return MadeIRChange;
6146}
6147
6149 // Collect backedges.
6150 SmallVector<bool> Visited(F.getMaxBlockNumber());
6151 for (BasicBlock *BB : RPOT) {
6152 Visited[BB->getNumber()] = true;
6153 for (BasicBlock *Succ : successors(BB))
6154 if (Visited[Succ->getNumber()])
6155 BackEdges.insert({BB, Succ});
6156 }
6157 ComputedBackEdges = true;
6158}
6159
6165 const InstCombineOptions &Opts) {
6166 auto &DL = F.getDataLayout();
6167 bool VerifyFixpoint = Opts.VerifyFixpoint &&
6168 !F.hasFnAttribute("instcombine-no-verify-fixpoint");
6169
6170 /// Builder - This is an IRBuilder that automatically inserts new
6171 /// instructions into the worklist when they are created.
6173 F.getContext(), TargetFolder(DL),
6174 IRBuilderCallbackInserter([&Worklist, &AC](Instruction *I) {
6175 Worklist.add(I);
6176 if (auto *Assume = dyn_cast<AssumeInst>(I))
6177 AC.registerAssumption(Assume);
6178 }));
6179
6181
6182 // Lower dbg.declare intrinsics otherwise their value may be clobbered
6183 // by instcombiner.
6184 bool MadeIRChange = false;
6186 MadeIRChange = LowerDbgDeclare(F);
6187
6188 // Iterate while there is work to do.
6189 unsigned Iteration = 0;
6190 while (true) {
6191 if (Iteration >= Opts.MaxIterations && !VerifyFixpoint) {
6192 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n\n[IC] Iteration limit #" << Opts.MaxIterations
6193 << " on " << F.getName()
6194 << " reached; stopping without verifying fixpoint\n");
6195 break;
6196 }
6197
6198 ++Iteration;
6199 ++NumWorklistIterations;
6200 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n\nINSTCOMBINE ITERATION #" << Iteration << " on "
6201 << F.getName() << "\n");
6202
6203 InstCombinerImpl IC(Worklist, Builder, F, AA, AC, TLI, TTI, DT, ORE, BFI,
6204 BPI, PSI, DL, RPOT);
6206 bool MadeChangeInThisIteration = IC.prepareWorklist(F);
6207 MadeChangeInThisIteration |= IC.run();
6208 if (!MadeChangeInThisIteration)
6209 break;
6210
6211 MadeIRChange = true;
6212 if (Iteration > Opts.MaxIterations) {
6214 "Instruction Combining on " + Twine(F.getName()) +
6215 " did not reach a fixpoint after " + Twine(Opts.MaxIterations) +
6216 " iterations. " +
6217 "Use 'instcombine<no-verify-fixpoint>' or function attribute "
6218 "'instcombine-no-verify-fixpoint' to suppress this error.");
6219 }
6220 }
6221
6222 if (Iteration == 1)
6223 ++NumOneIteration;
6224 else if (Iteration == 2)
6225 ++NumTwoIterations;
6226 else if (Iteration == 3)
6227 ++NumThreeIterations;
6228 else
6229 ++NumFourOrMoreIterations;
6230
6231 return MadeIRChange;
6232}
6233
6235
6237 raw_ostream &OS, function_ref<StringRef(StringRef)> MapClassName2PassName) {
6238 static_cast<PassInfoMixin<InstCombinePass> *>(this)->printPipeline(
6239 OS, MapClassName2PassName);
6240 OS << '<';
6241 OS << "max-iterations=" << Options.MaxIterations << ";";
6242 OS << (Options.VerifyFixpoint ? "" : "no-") << "verify-fixpoint";
6243 OS << '>';
6244}
6245
6246char InstCombinePass::ID = 0;
6247
6250 auto &LRT = AM.getResult<LastRunTrackingAnalysis>(F);
6251 // No changes since last InstCombine pass, exit early.
6252 if (LRT.shouldSkip(&ID))
6253 return PreservedAnalyses::all();
6254
6255 auto &AC = AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F);
6256 auto &DT = AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F);
6257 auto &TLI = AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F);
6259 auto &TTI = AM.getResult<TargetIRAnalysis>(F);
6260
6261 auto *AA = &AM.getResult<AAManager>(F);
6262 auto &MAMProxy = AM.getResult<ModuleAnalysisManagerFunctionProxy>(F);
6263 ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI =
6264 MAMProxy.getCachedResult<ProfileSummaryAnalysis>(*F.getParent());
6265 auto *BFI = (PSI && PSI->hasProfileSummary()) ?
6266 &AM.getResult<BlockFrequencyAnalysis>(F) : nullptr;
6268
6269 if (!combineInstructionsOverFunction(F, Worklist, AA, AC, TLI, TTI, DT, ORE,
6270 BFI, BPI, PSI, Options)) {
6271 // No changes, all analyses are preserved.
6272 LRT.update(&ID, /*Changed=*/false);
6273 return PreservedAnalyses::all();
6274 }
6275
6276 // Mark all the analyses that instcombine updates as preserved.
6278 LRT.update(&ID, /*Changed=*/true);
6281 return PA;
6282}
6283
6299
6301 if (skipFunction(F))
6302 return false;
6303
6304 // Required analyses.
6305 auto AA = &getAnalysis<AAResultsWrapperPass>().getAAResults();
6306 auto &AC = getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
6307 auto &TLI = getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(F);
6309 auto &DT = getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
6311
6312 // Optional analyses.
6313 ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI =
6315 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI =
6316 (PSI && PSI->hasProfileSummary()) ?
6318 nullptr;
6319 BranchProbabilityInfo *BPI = nullptr;
6320 if (auto *WrapperPass =
6322 BPI = &WrapperPass->getBPI();
6323
6324 return combineInstructionsOverFunction(F, Worklist, AA, AC, TLI, TTI, DT, ORE,
6325 BFI, BPI, PSI, InstCombineOptions());
6326}
6327
6329
6331
6333 "Combine redundant instructions", false, false)
6344 "Combine redundant instructions", false, false)
6345
6346// Initialization Routines.
6350
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
AMDGPU Register Bank Select
Rewrite undef for PHI
This file declares a class to represent arbitrary precision floating point values and provide a varie...
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
This is the interface for LLVM's primary stateless and local alias analysis.
#define X(NUM, ENUM, NAME)
Definition ELF.h:849
static GCRegistry::Add< ErlangGC > A("erlang", "erlang-compatible garbage collector")
static GCRegistry::Add< StatepointGC > D("statepoint-example", "an example strategy for statepoint")
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
This file contains the declarations for the subclasses of Constant, which represent the different fla...
static bool willNotOverflow(BinaryOpIntrinsic *BO, LazyValueInfo *LVI)
DXIL Resource Access
This file provides an implementation of debug counters.
#define DEBUG_COUNTER(VARNAME, COUNTERNAME, DESC)
This file defines the DenseMap class.
This is the interface for a simple mod/ref and alias analysis over globals.
Hexagon Common GEP
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
This file provides various utilities for inspecting and working with the control flow graph in LLVM I...
This header defines various interfaces for pass management in LLVM.
This defines the Use class.
iv Induction Variable Users
Definition IVUsers.cpp:48
static bool rightDistributesOverLeft(Instruction::BinaryOps LOp, bool HasNUW, bool HasNSW, Intrinsic::ID ROp)
Return whether "(X ROp Y) LOp Z" is always equal to "(X LOp Z) ROp (Y LOp Z)".
static bool leftDistributesOverRight(Instruction::BinaryOps LOp, bool HasNUW, bool HasNSW, Intrinsic::ID ROp)
Return whether "X LOp (Y ROp Z)" is always equal to "(X LOp Y) ROp (X LOp Z)".
This file provides internal interfaces used to implement the InstCombine.
This file provides the primary interface to the instcombine pass.
static Value * simplifySwitchOnSelectUsingRanges(SwitchInst &SI, SelectInst *Select, bool IsTrueArm)
static bool isUsedWithinShuffleVector(Value *V)
static bool isNeverEqualToUnescapedAlloc(Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI, Instruction *AI)
static Constant * constantFoldBinOpWithSplat(unsigned Opcode, Constant *Vector, Constant *Splat, bool SplatLHS, const DataLayout &DL)
static bool shorter_filter(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS)
static Instruction * combineConstantOffsets(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, InstCombinerImpl &IC)
Combine constant offsets separated by variable offsets.
static Instruction * foldSelectGEP(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder)
Thread a GEP operation with constant indices through the constant true/false arms of a select.
static bool shouldMergeGEPs(GEPOperator &GEP, GEPOperator &Src)
static cl::opt< unsigned > MaxArraySize("instcombine-maxarray-size", cl::init(1024), cl::desc("Maximum array size considered when doing a combine"))
static Instruction * foldSpliceBinOp(BinaryOperator &Inst, InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder)
static cl::opt< unsigned > ShouldLowerDbgDeclare("instcombine-lower-dbg-declare", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true))
static bool hasNoSignedWrap(BinaryOperator &I)
static bool simplifyAssocCastAssoc(BinaryOperator *BinOp1, InstCombinerImpl &IC)
Combine constant operands of associative operations either before or after a cast to eliminate one of...
static bool combineInstructionsOverFunction(Function &F, InstructionWorklist &Worklist, AliasAnalysis *AA, AssumptionCache &AC, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI, TargetTransformInfo &TTI, DominatorTree &DT, OptimizationRemarkEmitter &ORE, BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI, BranchProbabilityInfo *BPI, ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI, const InstCombineOptions &Opts)
static Value * simplifyInstructionWithPHI(Instruction &I, PHINode *PN, Value *InValue, BasicBlock *InBB, const DataLayout &DL, const SimplifyQuery SQ)
static bool shouldCanonicalizeGEPToPtrAdd(GetElementPtrInst &GEP)
Return true if we should canonicalize the gep to an i8 ptradd.
static void ClearSubclassDataAfterReassociation(BinaryOperator &I)
Conservatively clears subclassOptionalData after a reassociation or commutation.
static Value * getIdentityValue(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *V)
This function returns identity value for given opcode, which can be used to factor patterns like (X *...
static Value * foldFrexpOfSelect(ExtractValueInst &EV, IntrinsicInst *FrexpCall, SelectInst *SelectInst, InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder)
static std::optional< std::pair< Value *, Value * > > matchSymmetricPhiNodesPair(PHINode *LHS, PHINode *RHS)
static Value * foldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, SelectInst *SI, Value *NewOp, InstCombiner &IC)
static Instruction * canonicalizeGEPOfConstGEPI8(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, GEPOperator *Src, InstCombinerImpl &IC)
static Instruction * tryToMoveFreeBeforeNullTest(CallInst &FI, const DataLayout &DL)
Move the call to free before a NULL test.
static Value * simplifyOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, SelectInst *SI, bool IsTrueArm)
static Value * tryFactorization(BinaryOperator &I, const SimplifyQuery &SQ, InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder, Instruction::BinaryOps InnerOpcode, Value *A, Value *B, Value *C, Value *D)
This tries to simplify binary operations by factorizing out common terms (e.
static bool isRemovableWrite(CallBase &CB, Value *UsedV, const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI)
Given a call CB which uses an address UsedV, return true if we can prove the call's only possible eff...
static Instruction::BinaryOps getBinOpsForFactorization(Instruction::BinaryOps TopOpcode, BinaryOperator *Op, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS, BinaryOperator *OtherOp)
This function predicates factorization using distributive laws.
static bool hasNoUnsignedWrap(BinaryOperator &I)
static bool SoleWriteToDeadLocal(Instruction *I, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI)
Check for case where the call writes to an otherwise dead alloca.
static cl::opt< unsigned > MaxSinkNumUsers("instcombine-max-sink-users", cl::init(32), cl::desc("Maximum number of undroppable users for instruction sinking"))
static Instruction * foldGEPOfPhi(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, PHINode *PN, IRBuilderBase &Builder)
static std::optional< ModRefInfo > isAllocSiteRemovable(Instruction *AI, SmallVectorImpl< WeakTrackingVH > &Users, const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI, bool KnowInit)
static bool isCatchAll(EHPersonality Personality, Constant *TypeInfo)
Return 'true' if the given typeinfo will match anything.
static cl::opt< bool > EnableCodeSinking("instcombine-code-sinking", cl::desc("Enable code sinking"), cl::init(true))
static bool maintainNoSignedWrap(BinaryOperator &I, Value *B, Value *C)
static GEPNoWrapFlags getMergedGEPNoWrapFlags(GEPOperator &GEP1, GEPOperator &GEP2)
Determine nowrap flags for (gep (gep p, x), y) to (gep p, (x + y)) transform.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
This file contains the declarations for metadata subclasses.
#define T
MachineInstr unsigned OpIdx
uint64_t IntrinsicInst * II
static bool IsSelect(MachineInstr &MI)
#define INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(depName)
Definition PassSupport.h:42
#define INITIALIZE_PASS_END(passName, arg, name, cfg, analysis)
Definition PassSupport.h:44
#define INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(passName, arg, name, cfg, analysis)
Definition PassSupport.h:39
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static unsigned getNumElements(Type *Ty)
unsigned OpIndex
BaseType
A given derived pointer can have multiple base pointers through phi/selects.
This file defines the SmallPtrSet class.
This file defines the SmallVector class.
This file defines the 'Statistic' class, which is designed to be an easy way to expose various metric...
#define STATISTIC(VARNAME, DESC)
Definition Statistic.h:171
#define LLVM_DEBUG(...)
Definition Debug.h:114
static unsigned getScalarSizeInBits(Type *Ty)
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
This pass exposes codegen information to IR-level passes.
static std::optional< unsigned > getOpcode(ArrayRef< VPValue * > Values)
Returns the opcode of Values or ~0 if they do not all agree.
Definition VPlanSLP.cpp:247
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
static const uint32_t IV[8]
Definition blake3_impl.h:83
bool isNoAliasScopeDeclDead(Instruction *Inst)
void analyse(Instruction *I)
The Input class is used to parse a yaml document into in-memory structs and vectors.
A manager for alias analyses.
A wrapper pass to provide the legacy pass manager access to a suitably prepared AAResults object.
static constexpr roundingMode rmNearestTiesToEven
Definition APFloat.h:344
static LLVM_ABI unsigned int semanticsPrecision(const fltSemantics &)
Definition APFloat.cpp:214
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
static APInt getAllOnes(unsigned numBits)
Return an APInt of a specified width with all bits set.
Definition APInt.h:235
static LLVM_ABI void udivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient, APInt &Remainder)
Dual division/remainder interface.
Definition APInt.cpp:1769
bool isMinSignedValue() const
Determine if this is the smallest signed value.
Definition APInt.h:424
static LLVM_ABI void sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient, APInt &Remainder)
Definition APInt.cpp:1901
LLVM_ABI APInt trunc(unsigned width) const
Truncate to new width.
Definition APInt.cpp:936
bool isAllOnes() const
Determine if all bits are set. This is true for zero-width values.
Definition APInt.h:372
bool isZero() const
Determine if this value is zero, i.e. all bits are clear.
Definition APInt.h:381
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1503
LLVM_ABI APInt sadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const
Definition APInt.cpp:1939
APInt ashr(unsigned ShiftAmt) const
Arithmetic right-shift function.
Definition APInt.h:834
LLVM_ABI APInt smul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const
Definition APInt.cpp:1971
bool isMaxSignedValue() const
Determine if this is the largest signed value.
Definition APInt.h:406
bool isNonNegative() const
Determine if this APInt Value is non-negative (>= 0)
Definition APInt.h:335
bool ule(const APInt &RHS) const
Unsigned less or equal comparison.
Definition APInt.h:1157
bool isPowerOf2() const
Check if this APInt's value is a power of two greater than zero.
Definition APInt.h:441
static APInt getLowBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBitsSet)
Constructs an APInt value that has the bottom loBitsSet bits set.
Definition APInt.h:307
LLVM_ABI APInt ssub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const
Definition APInt.cpp:1952
APInt lshr(unsigned shiftAmt) const
Logical right-shift function.
Definition APInt.h:858
PassT::Result * getCachedResult(IRUnitT &IR) const
Get the cached result of an analysis pass for a given IR unit.
PassT::Result & getResult(IRUnitT &IR, ExtraArgTs... ExtraArgs)
Get the result of an analysis pass for a given IR unit.
Represent the analysis usage information of a pass.
AnalysisUsage & addRequired()
AnalysisUsage & addPreserved()
Add the specified Pass class to the set of analyses preserved by this pass.
LLVM_ABI void setPreservesCFG()
This function should be called by the pass, iff they do not:
Definition Pass.cpp:270
ArrayRef - Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
ArrayRef< T > take_front(size_t N=1) const
Return a copy of *this with only the first N elements.
Definition ArrayRef.h:219
size_t size() const
size - Get the array size.
Definition ArrayRef.h:142
Class to represent array types.
static LLVM_ABI ArrayType * get(Type *ElementType, uint64_t NumElements)
This static method is the primary way to construct an ArrayType.
uint64_t getNumElements() const
Type * getElementType() const
A function analysis which provides an AssumptionCache.
An immutable pass that tracks lazily created AssumptionCache objects.
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
LLVM_ABI void registerAssumption(AssumeInst *CI)
Add an @llvm.assume intrinsic to this function's cache.
Functions, function parameters, and return types can have attributes to indicate how they should be t...
Definition Attributes.h:105
LLVM_ABI uint64_t getDereferenceableBytes() const
Returns the number of dereferenceable bytes from the dereferenceable attribute.
bool isValid() const
Return true if the attribute is any kind of attribute.
Definition Attributes.h:261
Legacy wrapper pass to provide the BasicAAResult object.
LLVM Basic Block Representation.
Definition BasicBlock.h:62
iterator_range< const_phi_iterator > phis() const
Returns a range that iterates over the phis in the basic block.
Definition BasicBlock.h:518
LLVM_ABI const_iterator getFirstInsertionPt() const
Returns an iterator to the first instruction in this block that is suitable for inserting a non-PHI i...
LLVM_ABI InstListType::const_iterator getFirstNonPHIIt() const
Returns an iterator to the first instruction in this block that is not a PHINode instruction.
LLVM_ABI bool isEntryBlock() const
Return true if this is the entry block of the containing function.
LLVM_ABI const BasicBlock * getSinglePredecessor() const
Return the predecessor of this block if it has a single predecessor block.
const Instruction & front() const
Definition BasicBlock.h:472
LLVM_ABI const BasicBlock * getUniquePredecessor() const
Return the predecessor of this block if it has a unique predecessor block.
InstListType::iterator iterator
Instruction iterators...
Definition BasicBlock.h:170
LLVM_ABI const_iterator getFirstNonPHIOrDbgOrAlloca() const
Returns an iterator to the first instruction in this block that is not a PHINode, a debug intrinsic,...
size_t size() const
Definition BasicBlock.h:470
const Instruction * getTerminator() const LLVM_READONLY
Returns the terminator instruction if the block is well formed or null if the block is not well forme...
Definition BasicBlock.h:233
static LLVM_ABI BinaryOperator * CreateNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Helper functions to construct and inspect unary operations (NEG and NOT) via binary operators SUB and...
BinaryOps getOpcode() const
Definition InstrTypes.h:374
static LLVM_ABI BinaryOperator * Create(BinaryOps Op, Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &Name=Twine(), InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Construct a binary instruction, given the opcode and the two operands.
static BinaryOperator * CreateNUW(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, const Twine &Name="")
Definition InstrTypes.h:294
Analysis pass which computes BlockFrequencyInfo.
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
Analysis pass which computes BranchProbabilityInfo.
Analysis providing branch probability information.
Represents analyses that only rely on functions' control flow.
Definition Analysis.h:73
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
Function * getCalledFunction() const
Returns the function called, or null if this is an indirect function invocation or the function signa...
void setAttributes(AttributeList A)
Set the attributes for this call.
bool doesNotThrow() const
Determine if the call cannot unwind.
Value * getArgOperand(unsigned i) const
AttributeList getAttributes() const
Return the attributes for this call.
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
static CallInst * Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
static LLVM_ABI CastInst * Create(Instruction::CastOps, Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Provides a way to construct any of the CastInst subclasses using an opcode instead of the subclass's ...
Predicate
This enumeration lists the possible predicates for CmpInst subclasses.
Definition InstrTypes.h:676
@ ICMP_UGT
unsigned greater than
Definition InstrTypes.h:699
@ ICMP_ULT
unsigned less than
Definition InstrTypes.h:701
@ ICMP_NE
not equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:698
Predicate getSwappedPredicate() const
For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->SGE, ULT->UGT, OEQ->OEQ, ULE->UGE, OLT->OGT, etc.
Definition InstrTypes.h:827
Predicate getInversePredicate() const
For example, EQ -> NE, UGT -> ULE, SLT -> SGE, OEQ -> UNE, UGT -> OLE, OLT -> UGE,...
Definition InstrTypes.h:789
An abstraction over a floating-point predicate, and a pack of an integer predicate with samesign info...
Conditional Branch instruction.
LLVM_ABI void swapSuccessors()
Swap the successors of this branch instruction.
Value * getCondition() const
BasicBlock * getSuccessor(unsigned i) const
ConstantArray - Constant Array Declarations.
Definition Constants.h:576
static LLVM_ABI Constant * get(ArrayType *T, ArrayRef< Constant * > V)
A vector constant whose element type is a simple 1/2/4/8-byte integer or float/double,...
Definition Constants.h:932
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getSub(Constant *C1, Constant *C2, bool HasNUW=false, bool HasNSW=false)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getNot(Constant *C)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getAdd(Constant *C1, Constant *C2, bool HasNUW=false, bool HasNSW=false)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getBinOpIdentity(unsigned Opcode, Type *Ty, bool AllowRHSConstant=false, bool NSZ=false)
Return the identity constant for a binary opcode.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getNeg(Constant *C, bool HasNSW=false)
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
static LLVM_ABI ConstantInt * getTrue(LLVMContext &Context)
static LLVM_ABI ConstantInt * getFalse(LLVMContext &Context)
static LLVM_ABI ConstantInt * getBool(LLVMContext &Context, bool V)
This class represents a range of values.
LLVM_ABI bool getEquivalentICmp(CmpInst::Predicate &Pred, APInt &RHS) const
Set up Pred and RHS such that ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RHS) == *this.
static LLVM_ABI ConstantRange makeExactICmpRegion(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, const APInt &Other)
Produce the exact range such that all values in the returned range satisfy the given predicate with a...
LLVM_ABI bool contains(const APInt &Val) const
Return true if the specified value is in the set.
static LLVM_ABI ConstantRange makeExactNoWrapRegion(Instruction::BinaryOps BinOp, const APInt &Other, unsigned NoWrapKind)
Produce the range that contains X if and only if "X BinOp Other" does not wrap.
Constant Vector Declarations.
Definition Constants.h:660
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getSplat(ElementCount EC, Constant *Elt)
Return a ConstantVector with the specified constant in each element.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * get(ArrayRef< Constant * > V)
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
static LLVM_ABI Constant * replaceUndefsWith(Constant *C, Constant *Replacement)
Try to replace undefined constant C or undefined elements in C with Replacement.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getAllOnesValue(Type *Ty)
const Constant * stripPointerCasts() const
Definition Constant.h:219
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getNullValue(Type *Ty)
Constructor to create a '0' constant of arbitrary type.
LLVM_ABI Constant * getAggregateElement(unsigned Elt) const
For aggregates (struct/array/vector) return the constant that corresponds to the specified element if...
LLVM_ABI bool isNullValue() const
Return true if this is the value that would be returned by getNullValue.
Definition Constants.cpp:74
static LLVM_ABI DIExpression * appendOpsToArg(const DIExpression *Expr, ArrayRef< uint64_t > Ops, unsigned ArgNo, bool StackValue=false)
Create a copy of Expr by appending the given list of Ops to each instance of the operand DW_OP_LLVM_a...
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
Record of a variable value-assignment, aka a non instruction representation of the dbg....
static bool shouldExecute(CounterInfo &Counter)
Identifies a unique instance of a variable.
ValueT lookup(const_arg_type_t< KeyT > Val) const
lookup - Return the entry for the specified key, or a default constructed value if no such entry exis...
Definition DenseMap.h:205
iterator find(const_arg_type_t< KeyT > Val)
Definition DenseMap.h:178
bool empty() const
Definition DenseMap.h:109
iterator end()
Definition DenseMap.h:81
std::pair< iterator, bool > insert(const std::pair< KeyT, ValueT > &KV)
Definition DenseMap.h:241
Analysis pass which computes a DominatorTree.
Definition Dominators.h:278
Legacy analysis pass which computes a DominatorTree.
Definition Dominators.h:316
Concrete subclass of DominatorTreeBase that is used to compute a normal dominator tree.
Definition Dominators.h:159
This instruction extracts a struct member or array element value from an aggregate value.
ArrayRef< unsigned > getIndices() const
iterator_range< idx_iterator > indices() const
idx_iterator idx_end() const
static ExtractValueInst * Create(Value *Agg, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
idx_iterator idx_begin() const
Utility class for floating point operations which can have information about relaxed accuracy require...
Definition Operator.h:200
Convenience struct for specifying and reasoning about fast-math flags.
Definition FMF.h:23
This class represents a freeze function that returns random concrete value if an operand is either a ...
FunctionPass class - This class is used to implement most global optimizations.
Definition Pass.h:314
FunctionPass(char &pid)
Definition Pass.h:316
bool skipFunction(const Function &F) const
Optional passes call this function to check whether the pass should be skipped.
Definition Pass.cpp:188
const BasicBlock & getEntryBlock() const
Definition Function.h:809
Represents flags for the getelementptr instruction/expression.
static GEPNoWrapFlags inBounds()
static GEPNoWrapFlags all()
static GEPNoWrapFlags noUnsignedWrap()
GEPNoWrapFlags intersectForReassociate(GEPNoWrapFlags Other) const
Given (gep (gep p, x), y), determine the nowrap flags for (gep (gep, p, y), x).
bool hasNoUnsignedWrap() const
bool isInBounds() const
GEPNoWrapFlags intersectForOffsetAdd(GEPNoWrapFlags Other) const
Given (gep (gep p, x), y), determine the nowrap flags for (gep p, x+y).
static GEPNoWrapFlags none()
GEPNoWrapFlags getNoWrapFlags() const
Definition Operator.h:425
an instruction for type-safe pointer arithmetic to access elements of arrays and structs
static LLVM_ABI Type * getTypeAtIndex(Type *Ty, Value *Idx)
Return the type of the element at the given index of an indexable type.
static GetElementPtrInst * Create(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, ArrayRef< Value * > IdxList, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
static LLVM_ABI Type * getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef< Value * > IdxList)
Returns the result type of a getelementptr with the given source element type and indexes.
static GetElementPtrInst * CreateInBounds(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, ArrayRef< Value * > IdxList, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Create an "inbounds" getelementptr.
Legacy wrapper pass to provide the GlobalsAAResult object.
This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given to the constructor.
CmpPredicate getCmpPredicate() const
static bool isEquality(Predicate P)
Return true if this predicate is either EQ or NE.
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:114
Value * CreatePtrAdd(Value *Ptr, Value *Offset, const Twine &Name="", GEPNoWrapFlags NW=GEPNoWrapFlags::none())
Definition IRBuilder.h:2048
ConstantInt * getInt(const APInt &AI)
Get a constant integer value.
Definition IRBuilder.h:537
Provides an 'InsertHelper' that calls a user-provided callback after performing the default insertion...
Definition IRBuilder.h:75
This provides a uniform API for creating instructions and inserting them into a basic block: either a...
Definition IRBuilder.h:2811
This instruction inserts a struct field of array element value into an aggregate value.
static InsertValueInst * Create(Value *Agg, Value *Val, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
LLVM_ABI InstCombinePass(InstCombineOptions Opts={})
LLVM_ABI void printPipeline(raw_ostream &OS, function_ref< StringRef(StringRef)> MapClassName2PassName)
LLVM_ABI PreservedAnalyses run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM)
Instruction * foldBinOpOfSelectAndCastOfSelectCondition(BinaryOperator &I)
Tries to simplify binops of select and cast of the select condition.
Instruction * visitCondBrInst(CondBrInst &BI)
Instruction * foldBinOpIntoSelectOrPhi(BinaryOperator &I)
This is a convenience wrapper function for the above two functions.
bool SimplifyAssociativeOrCommutative(BinaryOperator &I)
Performs a few simplifications for operators which are associative or commutative.
Instruction * visitGEPOfGEP(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, GEPOperator *Src)
Value * foldUsingDistributiveLaws(BinaryOperator &I)
Tries to simplify binary operations which some other binary operation distributes over.
Instruction * foldBinOpShiftWithShift(BinaryOperator &I)
Instruction * visitUnreachableInst(UnreachableInst &I)
Instruction * foldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I, PHINode *PN, bool AllowMultipleUses=false)
Given a binary operator, cast instruction, or select which has a PHI node as operand #0,...
void handleUnreachableFrom(Instruction *I, SmallVectorImpl< BasicBlock * > &Worklist)
Value * SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts, APInt &PoisonElts, unsigned Depth=0, bool AllowMultipleUsers=false) override
The specified value produces a vector with any number of elements.
Instruction * visitFreeze(FreezeInst &I)
Instruction * foldBinOpSelectBinOp(BinaryOperator &Op)
In some cases it is beneficial to fold a select into a binary operator.
void handlePotentiallyDeadBlocks(SmallVectorImpl< BasicBlock * > &Worklist)
bool prepareWorklist(Function &F)
Perform early cleanup and prepare the InstCombine worklist.
Instruction * FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI, bool FoldWithMultiUse=false, bool SimplifyBothArms=false)
Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a constant as the other operand,...
Instruction * visitFree(CallInst &FI, Value *FreedOp)
Instruction * visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV)
void handlePotentiallyDeadSuccessors(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *LiveSucc)
Instruction * foldBinopWithRecurrence(BinaryOperator &BO)
Try to fold binary operators whose operands are simple interleaved recurrences to a single recurrence...
Instruction * eraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) override
Combiner aware instruction erasure.
Instruction * visitLandingPadInst(LandingPadInst &LI)
Instruction * visitReturnInst(ReturnInst &RI)
Instruction * visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI)
Instruction * foldBinopWithPhiOperands(BinaryOperator &BO)
For a binary operator with 2 phi operands, try to hoist the binary operation before the phi.
bool SimplifyDemandedFPClass(Instruction *I, unsigned Op, FPClassTest DemandedMask, KnownFPClass &Known, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned Depth=0)
bool mergeStoreIntoSuccessor(StoreInst &SI)
Try to transform: if () { *P = v1; } else { *P = v2 } or: *P = v1; if () { *P = v2; }...
Instruction * tryFoldInstWithCtpopWithNot(Instruction *I)
Instruction * visitUncondBrInst(UncondBrInst &BI)
void CreateNonTerminatorUnreachable(Instruction *InsertAt)
Create and insert the idiom we use to indicate a block is unreachable without having to rewrite the C...
Value * pushFreezeToPreventPoisonFromPropagating(FreezeInst &FI)
bool run()
Run the combiner over the entire worklist until it is empty.
Instruction * foldVectorBinop(BinaryOperator &Inst)
Canonicalize the position of binops relative to shufflevector.
bool removeInstructionsBeforeUnreachable(Instruction &I)
Value * SimplifySelectsFeedingBinaryOp(BinaryOperator &I, Value *LHS, Value *RHS)
void tryToSinkInstructionDbgVariableRecords(Instruction *I, BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos, BasicBlock *SrcBlock, BasicBlock *DestBlock, SmallVectorImpl< DbgVariableRecord * > &DPUsers)
void addDeadEdge(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To, SmallVectorImpl< BasicBlock * > &Worklist)
Constant * unshuffleConstant(ArrayRef< int > ShMask, Constant *C, VectorType *NewCTy)
Find a constant NewC that has property: shuffle(NewC, ShMask) = C Returns nullptr if such a constant ...
Instruction * visitAllocSite(Instruction &FI)
Instruction * visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP)
Value * tryFactorizationFolds(BinaryOperator &I)
This tries to simplify binary operations by factorizing out common terms (e.
Instruction * foldFreezeIntoRecurrence(FreezeInst &I, PHINode *PN)
bool tryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock)
Try to move the specified instruction from its current block into the beginning of DestBlock,...
bool freezeOtherUses(FreezeInst &FI)
void freelyInvertAllUsersOf(Value *V, Value *IgnoredUser=nullptr)
Freely adapt every user of V as-if V was changed to !V.
The core instruction combiner logic.
SimplifyQuery SQ
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
IRBuilder< TargetFolder, IRBuilderCallbackInserter > BuilderTy
An IRBuilder that automatically inserts new instructions into the worklist.
bool isFreeToInvert(Value *V, bool WillInvertAllUses, bool &DoesConsume)
Return true if the specified value is free to invert (apply ~ to).
static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V)
Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values.
TargetLibraryInfo & TLI
unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *Op, const Instruction *CxtI=nullptr, unsigned Depth=0) const
Instruction * InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, BasicBlock::iterator Old)
Inserts an instruction New before instruction Old.
Instruction * replaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V)
A combiner-aware RAUW-like routine.
uint64_t MaxArraySizeForCombine
Maximum size of array considered when transforming.
static bool shouldAvoidAbsorbingNotIntoSelect(const SelectInst &SI)
void replaceUse(Use &U, Value *NewValue)
Replace use and add the previously used value to the worklist.
static bool isCanonicalPredicate(CmpPredicate Pred)
Predicate canonicalization reduces the number of patterns that need to be matched by other transforms...
InstructionWorklist & Worklist
A worklist of the instructions that need to be simplified.
Instruction * InsertNewInstWith(Instruction *New, BasicBlock::iterator Old)
Same as InsertNewInstBefore, but also sets the debug loc.
BranchProbabilityInfo * BPI
ReversePostOrderTraversal< BasicBlock * > & RPOT
const DataLayout & DL
DomConditionCache DC
const bool MinimizeSize
void computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, const Instruction *CxtI, unsigned Depth=0) const
std::optional< Instruction * > targetInstCombineIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst &II)
AssumptionCache & AC
void addToWorklist(Instruction *I)
Value * getFreelyInvertedImpl(Value *V, bool WillInvertAllUses, BuilderTy *Builder, bool &DoesConsume, unsigned Depth)
Return nonnull value if V is free to invert under the condition of WillInvertAllUses.
SmallDenseSet< std::pair< const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock * >, 8 > BackEdges
Backedges, used to avoid pushing instructions across backedges in cases where this may result in infi...
std::optional< Value * > targetSimplifyDemandedVectorEltsIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst &II, APInt DemandedElts, APInt &UndefElts, APInt &UndefElts2, APInt &UndefElts3, std::function< void(Instruction *, unsigned, APInt, APInt &)> SimplifyAndSetOp)
Instruction * replaceOperand(Instruction &I, unsigned OpNum, Value *V)
Replace operand of instruction and add old operand to the worklist.
DominatorTree & DT
static Constant * getSafeVectorConstantForBinop(BinaryOperator::BinaryOps Opcode, Constant *In, bool IsRHSConstant)
Some binary operators require special handling to avoid poison and undefined behavior.
SmallDenseSet< std::pair< BasicBlock *, BasicBlock * >, 8 > DeadEdges
Edges that are known to never be taken.
std::optional< Value * > targetSimplifyDemandedUseBitsIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst &II, APInt DemandedMask, KnownBits &Known, bool &KnownBitsComputed)
BuilderTy & Builder
bool isValidAddrSpaceCast(unsigned FromAS, unsigned ToAS) const
Value * getFreelyInverted(Value *V, bool WillInvertAllUses, BuilderTy *Builder, bool &DoesConsume)
bool isBackEdge(const BasicBlock *From, const BasicBlock *To)
bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, bool OrZero=false, const Instruction *CxtI=nullptr, unsigned Depth=0)
void visit(Iterator Start, Iterator End)
Definition InstVisitor.h:87
The legacy pass manager's instcombine pass.
Definition InstCombine.h:68
void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override
getAnalysisUsage - This function should be overriden by passes that need analysis information to do t...
bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override
runOnFunction - Virtual method overriden by subclasses to do the per-function processing of the pass.
InstructionWorklist - This is the worklist management logic for InstCombine and other simplification ...
void add(Instruction *I)
Add instruction to the worklist.
LLVM_ABI void dropUBImplyingAttrsAndMetadata(ArrayRef< unsigned > Keep={})
Drop any attributes or metadata that can cause immediate undefined behavior.
static bool isBitwiseLogicOp(unsigned Opcode)
Determine if the Opcode is and/or/xor.
LLVM_ABI void copyIRFlags(const Value *V, bool IncludeWrapFlags=true)
Convenience method to copy supported exact, fast-math, and (optionally) wrapping flags from V to this...
const DebugLoc & getDebugLoc() const
Return the debug location for this node as a DebugLoc.
LLVM_ABI const Module * getModule() const
Return the module owning the function this instruction belongs to or nullptr it the function does not...
LLVM_ABI void setAAMetadata(const AAMDNodes &N)
Sets the AA metadata on this instruction from the AAMDNodes structure.
LLVM_ABI bool isAssociative() const LLVM_READONLY
Return true if the instruction is associative:
LLVM_ABI bool isCommutative() const LLVM_READONLY
Return true if the instruction is commutative:
LLVM_ABI void moveBefore(InstListType::iterator InsertPos)
Unlink this instruction from its current basic block and insert it into the basic block that MovePos ...
LLVM_ABI void setFastMathFlags(FastMathFlags FMF)
Convenience function for setting multiple fast-math flags on this instruction, which must be an opera...
LLVM_ABI const Function * getFunction() const
Return the function this instruction belongs to.
bool isTerminator() const
LLVM_ABI FastMathFlags getFastMathFlags() const LLVM_READONLY
Convenience function for getting all the fast-math flags, which must be an operator which supports th...
LLVM_ABI bool willReturn() const LLVM_READONLY
Return true if the instruction will return (unwinding is considered as a form of returning control fl...
unsigned getOpcode() const
Returns a member of one of the enums like Instruction::Add.
bool isBitwiseLogicOp() const
Return true if this is and/or/xor.
bool isShift() const
LLVM_ABI void dropPoisonGeneratingFlags()
Drops flags that may cause this instruction to evaluate to poison despite having non-poison inputs.
void setDebugLoc(DebugLoc Loc)
Set the debug location information for this instruction.
bool isIntDivRem() const
Class to represent integer types.
static LLVM_ABI IntegerType * get(LLVMContext &C, unsigned NumBits)
This static method is the primary way of constructing an IntegerType.
Definition Type.cpp:354
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
Invoke instruction.
static InvokeInst * Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef< Value * > Args, const Twine &NameStr, InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
The landingpad instruction holds all of the information necessary to generate correct exception handl...
bool isCleanup() const
Return 'true' if this landingpad instruction is a cleanup.
unsigned getNumClauses() const
Get the number of clauses for this landing pad.
static LLVM_ABI LandingPadInst * Create(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedClauses, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Constructors - NumReservedClauses is a hint for the number of incoming clauses that this landingpad w...
LLVM_ABI void addClause(Constant *ClauseVal)
Add a catch or filter clause to the landing pad.
bool isCatch(unsigned Idx) const
Return 'true' if the clause and index Idx is a catch clause.
bool isFilter(unsigned Idx) const
Return 'true' if the clause and index Idx is a filter clause.
Constant * getClause(unsigned Idx) const
Get the value of the clause at index Idx.
void setCleanup(bool V)
Indicate that this landingpad instruction is a cleanup.
A function/module analysis which provides an empty LastRunTrackingInfo.
This is an alternative analysis pass to BlockFrequencyInfoWrapperPass.
static void getLazyBFIAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU)
Helper for client passes to set up the analysis usage on behalf of this pass.
An instruction for reading from memory.
Value * getPointerOperand()
bool isVolatile() const
Return true if this is a load from a volatile memory location.
Metadata node.
Definition Metadata.h:1080
const MDOperand & getOperand(unsigned I) const
Definition Metadata.h:1444
unsigned getNumOperands() const
Return number of MDNode operands.
Definition Metadata.h:1450
Tracking metadata reference owned by Metadata.
Definition Metadata.h:902
This is the common base class for memset/memcpy/memmove.
static LLVM_ABI MemoryLocation getForDest(const MemIntrinsic *MI)
Return a location representing the destination of a memory set or transfer.
Root of the metadata hierarchy.
Definition Metadata.h:64
Value * getLHS() const
Value * getRHS() const
static ICmpInst::Predicate getPredicate(Intrinsic::ID ID)
Returns the comparison predicate underlying the intrinsic.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:67
MDNode * getScopeList() const
OptimizationRemarkEmitter legacy analysis pass.
The optimization diagnostic interface.
Utility class for integer operators which may exhibit overflow - Add, Sub, Mul, and Shl.
Definition Operator.h:78
bool hasNoSignedWrap() const
Test whether this operation is known to never undergo signed overflow, aka the nsw property.
Definition Operator.h:111
bool hasNoUnsignedWrap() const
Test whether this operation is known to never undergo unsigned overflow, aka the nuw property.
Definition Operator.h:105
void addIncoming(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB)
Add an incoming value to the end of the PHI list.
op_range incoming_values()
BasicBlock * getIncomingBlock(unsigned i) const
Return incoming basic block number i.
Value * getIncomingValue(unsigned i) const
Return incoming value number x.
unsigned getNumIncomingValues() const
Return the number of incoming edges.
static PHINode * Create(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Constructors - NumReservedValues is a hint for the number of incoming edges that this phi node will h...
PassRegistry - This class manages the registration and intitialization of the pass subsystem as appli...
AnalysisType & getAnalysis() const
getAnalysis<AnalysisType>() - This function is used by subclasses to get to the analysis information ...
AnalysisType * getAnalysisIfAvailable() const
getAnalysisIfAvailable<AnalysisType>() - Subclasses use this function to get analysis information tha...
In order to facilitate speculative execution, many instructions do not invoke immediate undefined beh...
Definition Constants.h:1654
static LLVM_ABI PoisonValue * get(Type *T)
Static factory methods - Return an 'poison' object of the specified type.
A set of analyses that are preserved following a run of a transformation pass.
Definition Analysis.h:112
static PreservedAnalyses all()
Construct a special preserved set that preserves all passes.
Definition Analysis.h:118
PreservedAnalyses & preserveSet()
Mark an analysis set as preserved.
Definition Analysis.h:151
PreservedAnalyses & preserve()
Mark an analysis as preserved.
Definition Analysis.h:132
An analysis pass based on the new PM to deliver ProfileSummaryInfo.
An analysis pass based on legacy pass manager to deliver ProfileSummaryInfo.
Analysis providing profile information.
bool hasProfileSummary() const
Returns true if profile summary is available.
A global registry used in conjunction with static constructors to make pluggable components (like tar...
Definition Registry.h:53
Return a value (possibly void), from a function.
Value * getReturnValue() const
Convenience accessor. Returns null if there is no return value.
This class represents the LLVM 'select' instruction.
const Value * getFalseValue() const
const Value * getCondition() const
static SelectInst * Create(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr, const Instruction *MDFrom=nullptr)
const Value * getTrueValue() const
bool insert(const value_type &X)
Insert a new element into the SetVector.
Definition SetVector.h:151
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
size_type size() const
Definition SmallPtrSet.h:99
size_type count(ConstPtrType Ptr) const
count - Return 1 if the specified pointer is in the set, 0 otherwise.
std::pair< iterator, bool > insert(PtrType Ptr)
Inserts Ptr if and only if there is no element in the container equal to Ptr.
SmallPtrSet - This class implements a set which is optimized for holding SmallSize or less elements.
A SetVector that performs no allocations if smaller than a certain size.
Definition SetVector.h:339
SmallSet - This maintains a set of unique values, optimizing for the case when the set is small (less...
Definition SmallSet.h:134
std::pair< const_iterator, bool > insert(const T &V)
insert - Insert an element into the set if it isn't already there.
Definition SmallSet.h:184
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
reference emplace_back(ArgTypes &&... Args)
void reserve(size_type N)
iterator erase(const_iterator CI)
void append(ItTy in_start, ItTy in_end)
Add the specified range to the end of the SmallVector.
typename SuperClass::iterator iterator
void push_back(const T &Elt)
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
StringRef - Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:55
Multiway switch.
TargetFolder - Create constants with target dependent folding.
Analysis pass providing the TargetTransformInfo.
Analysis pass providing the TargetLibraryInfo.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
bool has(LibFunc F) const
Tests whether a library function is available.
bool getLibFunc(StringRef funcName, LibFunc &F) const
Searches for a particular function name.
Wrapper pass for TargetTransformInfo.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Twine - A lightweight data structure for efficiently representing the concatenation of temporary valu...
Definition Twine.h:82
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:46
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:290
LLVM_ABI bool isScalableTy(SmallPtrSetImpl< const Type * > &Visited) const
Return true if this is a type whose size is a known multiple of vscale.
Definition Type.cpp:65
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:284
LLVM_ABI unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const
Get the address space of this pointer or pointer vector type.
static LLVM_ABI IntegerType * getInt8Ty(LLVMContext &C)
Definition Type.cpp:311
Type * getScalarType() const
If this is a vector type, return the element type, otherwise return 'this'.
Definition Type.h:370
bool isStructTy() const
True if this is an instance of StructType.
Definition Type.h:278
LLVM_ABI TypeSize getPrimitiveSizeInBits() const LLVM_READONLY
Return the basic size of this type if it is a primitive type.
Definition Type.cpp:201
bool isSized(SmallPtrSetImpl< Type * > *Visited=nullptr) const
Return true if it makes sense to take the size of this type.
Definition Type.h:328
LLVM_ABI unsigned getScalarSizeInBits() const LLVM_READONLY
If this is a vector type, return the getPrimitiveSizeInBits value for the element type.
Definition Type.cpp:236
static LLVM_ABI IntegerType * getInt1Ty(LLVMContext &C)
Definition Type.cpp:310
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:257
LLVM_ABI const fltSemantics & getFltSemantics() const
Definition Type.cpp:110
Unconditional Branch instruction.
static LLVM_ABI UndefValue * get(Type *T)
Static factory methods - Return an 'undef' object of the specified type.
This function has undefined behavior.
A Use represents the edge between a Value definition and its users.
Definition Use.h:35
Use * op_iterator
Definition User.h:254
op_range operands()
Definition User.h:267
op_iterator op_begin()
Definition User.h:259
LLVM_ABI bool isDroppable() const
A droppable user is a user for which uses can be dropped without affecting correctness and should be ...
Definition User.cpp:119
LLVM_ABI bool replaceUsesOfWith(Value *From, Value *To)
Replace uses of one Value with another.
Definition User.cpp:25
Value * getOperand(unsigned i) const
Definition User.h:207
unsigned getNumOperands() const
Definition User.h:229
op_iterator op_end()
Definition User.h:261
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:256
const Value * stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(const DataLayout &DL, APInt &Offset) const
This is a wrapper around stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets with the in-bounds requirement set to fals...
Definition Value.h:761
LLVM_ABI bool hasOneUser() const
Return true if there is exactly one user of this value.
Definition Value.cpp:166
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this value.
Definition Value.h:440
LLVMContext & getContext() const
All values hold a context through their type.
Definition Value.h:259
iterator_range< user_iterator > users()
Definition Value.h:427
bool hasUseList() const
Check if this Value has a use-list.
Definition Value.h:345
LLVM_ABI bool hasNUses(unsigned N) const
Return true if this Value has exactly N uses.
Definition Value.cpp:150
LLVM_ABI const Value * stripPointerCasts() const
Strip off pointer casts, all-zero GEPs and address space casts.
Definition Value.cpp:713
bool use_empty() const
Definition Value.h:347
LLVM_ABI uint64_t getPointerDereferenceableBytes(const DataLayout &DL, bool &CanBeNull, bool &CanBeFreed) const
Returns the number of bytes known to be dereferenceable for the pointer value.
Definition Value.cpp:893
LLVM_ABI StringRef getName() const
Return a constant reference to the value's name.
Definition Value.cpp:322
LLVM_ABI void takeName(Value *V)
Transfer the name from V to this value.
Definition Value.cpp:403
Base class of all SIMD vector types.
ElementCount getElementCount() const
Return an ElementCount instance to represent the (possibly scalable) number of elements in the vector...
static LLVM_ABI VectorType * get(Type *ElementType, ElementCount EC)
This static method is the primary way to construct an VectorType.
Value handle that is nullable, but tries to track the Value.
constexpr ScalarTy getFixedValue() const
Definition TypeSize.h:200
constexpr bool isScalable() const
Returns whether the quantity is scaled by a runtime quantity (vscale).
Definition TypeSize.h:168
An efficient, type-erasing, non-owning reference to a callable.
TypeSize getSequentialElementStride(const DataLayout &DL) const
const ParentTy * getParent() const
Definition ilist_node.h:34
reverse_self_iterator getReverseIterator()
Definition ilist_node.h:126
self_iterator getIterator()
Definition ilist_node.h:123
This class implements an extremely fast bulk output stream that can only output to a stream.
Definition raw_ostream.h:53
A raw_ostream that writes to an std::string.
Changed
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
Abstract Attribute helper functions.
Definition Attributor.h:165
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
LLVM_ABI Function * getOrInsertDeclaration(Module *M, ID id, ArrayRef< Type * > Tys={})
Look up the Function declaration of the intrinsic id in the Module M.
BinaryOp_match< SpecificConstantMatch, SrcTy, TargetOpcode::G_SUB > m_Neg(const SrcTy &&Src)
Matches a register negated by a G_SUB.
BinaryOp_match< SrcTy, SpecificConstantMatch, TargetOpcode::G_XOR, true > m_Not(const SrcTy &&Src)
Matches a register not-ed by a G_XOR.
OneUse_match< SubPat > m_OneUse(const SubPat &SP)
cst_pred_ty< is_all_ones > m_AllOnes()
Match an integer or vector with all bits set.
class_match< PoisonValue > m_Poison()
Match an arbitrary poison constant.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::And > m_And(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
PtrAdd_match< PointerOpTy, OffsetOpTy > m_PtrAdd(const PointerOpTy &PointerOp, const OffsetOpTy &OffsetOp)
Matches GEP with i8 source element type.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add > m_Add(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
class_match< BinaryOperator > m_BinOp()
Match an arbitrary binary operation and ignore it.
CmpClass_match< LHS, RHS, FCmpInst > m_FCmp(CmpPredicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::AShr > m_AShr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
auto m_PtrToIntOrAddr(const OpTy &Op)
Matches PtrToInt or PtrToAddr.
class_match< Constant > m_Constant()
Match an arbitrary Constant and ignore it.
OneOps_match< OpTy, Instruction::Freeze > m_Freeze(const OpTy &Op)
Matches FreezeInst.
ap_match< APInt > m_APInt(const APInt *&Res)
Match a ConstantInt or splatted ConstantVector, binding the specified pointer to the contained APInt.
CastInst_match< OpTy, TruncInst > m_Trunc(const OpTy &Op)
Matches Trunc.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor > m_Xor(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
br_match m_UnconditionalBr(BasicBlock *&Succ)
ap_match< APInt > m_APIntAllowPoison(const APInt *&Res)
Match APInt while allowing poison in splat vector constants.
specific_intval< false > m_SpecificInt(const APInt &V)
Match a specific integer value or vector with all elements equal to the value.
bool match(Val *V, const Pattern &P)
BinOpPred_match< LHS, RHS, is_idiv_op > m_IDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches integer division operations.
bind_ty< Instruction > m_Instruction(Instruction *&I)
Match an instruction, capturing it if we match.
specificval_ty m_Specific(const Value *V)
Match if we have a specific specified value.
DisjointOr_match< LHS, RHS > m_DisjointOr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
constantexpr_match m_ConstantExpr()
Match a constant expression or a constant that contains a constant expression.
BinOpPred_match< LHS, RHS, is_right_shift_op > m_Shr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches logical shift operations.
ap_match< APFloat > m_APFloat(const APFloat *&Res)
Match a ConstantFP or splatted ConstantVector, binding the specified pointer to the contained APFloat...
cst_pred_ty< is_nonnegative > m_NonNegative()
Match an integer or vector of non-negative values.
class_match< ConstantInt > m_ConstantInt()
Match an arbitrary ConstantInt and ignore it.
IntrinsicID_match m_Intrinsic()
Match intrinsic calls like this: m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::fabs>(m_Value(X))
ThreeOps_match< Cond, LHS, RHS, Instruction::Select > m_Select(const Cond &C, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches SelectInst.
ExtractValue_match< Ind, Val_t > m_ExtractValue(const Val_t &V)
Match a single index ExtractValue instruction.
match_combine_and< LTy, RTy > m_CombineAnd(const LTy &L, const RTy &R)
Combine two pattern matchers matching L && R.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul > m_Mul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
NNegZExt_match< OpTy > m_NNegZExt(const OpTy &Op)
auto m_LogicalOr()
Matches L || R where L and R are arbitrary values.
Splat_match< T > m_ConstantSplat(const T &SubPattern)
Match a constant splat. TODO: Extend this to non-constant splats.
TwoOps_match< V1_t, V2_t, Instruction::ShuffleVector > m_Shuffle(const V1_t &v1, const V2_t &v2)
Matches ShuffleVectorInst independently of mask value.
ThreeOps_match< decltype(m_Value()), LHS, RHS, Instruction::Select, true > m_c_Select(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Match Select(C, LHS, RHS) or Select(C, RHS, LHS)
SpecificCmpClass_match< LHS, RHS, ICmpInst > m_SpecificICmp(CmpPredicate MatchPred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
CastInst_match< OpTy, ZExtInst > m_ZExt(const OpTy &Op)
Matches ZExt.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::UDiv > m_UDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
brc_match< Cond_t, bind_ty< BasicBlock >, bind_ty< BasicBlock > > m_Br(const Cond_t &C, BasicBlock *&T, BasicBlock *&F)
match_immconstant_ty m_ImmConstant()
Match an arbitrary immediate Constant and ignore it.
SelectLike_match< CondTy, LTy, RTy > m_SelectLike(const CondTy &C, const LTy &TrueC, const RTy &FalseC)
Matches a value that behaves like a boolean-controlled select, i.e.
match_combine_or< BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add >, DisjointOr_match< LHS, RHS > > m_AddLike(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Match either "add" or "or disjoint".
CastInst_match< OpTy, UIToFPInst > m_UIToFP(const OpTy &Op)
CastOperator_match< OpTy, Instruction::BitCast > m_BitCast(const OpTy &Op)
Matches BitCast.
match_combine_or< CastInst_match< OpTy, SExtInst >, NNegZExt_match< OpTy > > m_SExtLike(const OpTy &Op)
Match either "sext" or "zext nneg".
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::SDiv > m_SDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
match_combine_or< OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap >, DisjointOr_match< LHS, RHS > > m_NSWAddLike(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Match either "add nsw" or "or disjoint".
class_match< Value > m_Value()
Match an arbitrary value and ignore it.
AnyBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, true > m_c_BinOp(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches a BinaryOperator with LHS and RHS in either order.
CastInst_match< OpTy, SIToFPInst > m_SIToFP(const OpTy &Op)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr > m_LShr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
CmpClass_match< LHS, RHS, ICmpInst > m_ICmp(CmpPredicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
match_combine_or< CastInst_match< OpTy, ZExtInst >, CastInst_match< OpTy, SExtInst > > m_ZExtOrSExt(const OpTy &Op)
BinOpPred_match< LHS, RHS, is_shift_op > m_Shift(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches shift operations.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl > m_Shl(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
cstfp_pred_ty< is_non_zero_fp > m_NonZeroFP()
Match a floating-point non-zero.
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0 >::Ty m_VecReverse(const Opnd0 &Op0)
auto m_LogicalAnd()
Matches L && R where L and R are arbitrary values.
match_combine_or< match_combine_or< MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty >, MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty > >, match_combine_or< MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty >, MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty > > > m_MaxOrMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::SRem > m_SRem(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
auto m_Undef()
Match an arbitrary undef constant.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or > m_Or(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
CastInst_match< OpTy, SExtInst > m_SExt(const OpTy &Op)
Matches SExt.
is_zero m_Zero()
Match any null constant or a vector with all elements equal to 0.
match_combine_or< OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap >, DisjointOr_match< LHS, RHS > > m_NUWAddLike(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Match either "add nuw" or "or disjoint".
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0, Opnd1, Opnd2 >::Ty m_VectorInsert(const Opnd0 &Op0, const Opnd1 &Op1, const Opnd2 &Op2)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub > m_Sub(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
match_combine_or< LTy, RTy > m_CombineOr(const LTy &L, const RTy &R)
Combine two pattern matchers matching L || R.
initializer< Ty > init(const Ty &Val)
friend class Instruction
Iterator for Instructions in a `BasicBlock.
Definition BasicBlock.h:73
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
Definition Types.h:26
auto drop_begin(T &&RangeOrContainer, size_t N=1)
Return a range covering RangeOrContainer with the first N elements excluded.
Definition STLExtras.h:316
LLVM_ABI Intrinsic::ID getInverseMinMaxIntrinsic(Intrinsic::ID MinMaxID)
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:532
detail::zippy< detail::zip_shortest, T, U, Args... > zip(T &&t, U &&u, Args &&...args)
zip iterator for two or more iteratable types.
Definition STLExtras.h:831
FunctionAddr VTableAddr Value
Definition InstrProf.h:137
void stable_sort(R &&Range)
Definition STLExtras.h:2116
LLVM_ABI void initializeInstructionCombiningPassPass(PassRegistry &)
cl::opt< bool > ProfcheckDisableMetadataFixes
Definition Metadata.cpp:64
LLVM_ABI unsigned removeAllNonTerminatorAndEHPadInstructions(BasicBlock *BB)
Remove all instructions from a basic block other than its terminator and any present EH pad instructi...
Definition Local.cpp:2500
bool all_of(R &&range, UnaryPredicate P)
Provide wrappers to std::all_of which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1739
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyGEPInst(Type *SrcTy, Value *Ptr, ArrayRef< Value * > Indices, GEPNoWrapFlags NW, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a GetElementPtrInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * getInitialValueOfAllocation(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, Type *Ty)
If this is a call to an allocation function that initializes memory to a fixed value,...
bool succ_empty(const Instruction *I)
Definition CFG.h:153
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFreezeInst(Value *Op, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given an operand for a Freeze, see if we can fold the result.
LLVM_ABI FunctionPass * createInstructionCombiningPass()
LLVM_ABI void findDbgValues(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl< DbgVariableRecord * > &DbgVariableRecords)
Finds the dbg.values describing a value.
auto enumerate(FirstRange &&First, RestRanges &&...Rest)
Given two or more input ranges, returns a new range whose values are tuples (A, B,...
Definition STLExtras.h:2554
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
LLVM_ABI void salvageDebugInfo(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, MachineInstr &MI)
Assuming the instruction MI is going to be deleted, attempt to salvage debug users of MI by writing t...
Definition Utils.cpp:1725
auto successors(const MachineBasicBlock *BB)
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldInstruction(const Instruction *I, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr)
ConstantFoldInstruction - Try to constant fold the specified instruction.
LLVM_ABI bool isRemovableAlloc(const CallBase *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
Return true if this is a call to an allocation function that does not have side effects that we are r...
LLVM_ABI std::optional< StringRef > getAllocationFamily(const Value *I, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
If a function is part of an allocation family (e.g.
OuterAnalysisManagerProxy< ModuleAnalysisManager, Function > ModuleAnalysisManagerFunctionProxy
Provide the ModuleAnalysisManager to Function proxy.
LLVM_ABI Value * lowerObjectSizeCall(IntrinsicInst *ObjectSize, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, bool MustSucceed)
Try to turn a call to @llvm.objectsize into an integer value of the given Type.
iterator_range< T > make_range(T x, T y)
Convenience function for iterating over sub-ranges.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyInstructionWithOperands(Instruction *I, ArrayRef< Value * > NewOps, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Like simplifyInstruction but the operands of I are replaced with NewOps.
void append_range(Container &C, Range &&R)
Wrapper function to append range R to container C.
Definition STLExtras.h:2208
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(unsigned Predicate, Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr, const Instruction *I=nullptr)
Attempt to constant fold a compare instruction (icmp/fcmp) with the specified operands.
iterator_range< early_inc_iterator_impl< detail::IterOfRange< RangeT > > > make_early_inc_range(RangeT &&Range)
Make a range that does early increment to allow mutation of the underlying range without disrupting i...
Definition STLExtras.h:634
gep_type_iterator gep_type_end(const User *GEP)
LLVM_ABI Value * getSplatValue(const Value *V)
Get splat value if the input is a splat vector or return nullptr.
LLVM_ABI Value * getReallocatedOperand(const CallBase *CB)
If this is a call to a realloc function, return the reallocated operand.
APFloat frexp(const APFloat &X, int &Exp, APFloat::roundingMode RM)
Equivalent of C standard library function.
Definition APFloat.h:1622
LLVM_ABI bool isAllocLikeFn(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
Tests if a value is a call or invoke to a library function that allocates memory (either malloc,...
LLVM_ABI bool handleUnreachableTerminator(Instruction *I, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &PoisonedValues)
If a terminator in an unreachable basic block has an operand of type Instruction, transform it into p...
Definition Local.cpp:2483
int countr_zero(T Val)
Count number of 0's from the least significant bit to the most stopping at the first 1.
Definition bit.h:202
LLVM_ABI void setBranchWeights(Instruction &I, ArrayRef< uint32_t > Weights, bool IsExpected, bool ElideAllZero=false)
Create a new branch_weights metadata node and add or overwrite a prof metadata reference to instructi...
LLVM_ABI bool matchSimpleRecurrence(const PHINode *P, BinaryOperator *&BO, Value *&Start, Value *&Step)
Attempt to match a simple first order recurrence cycle of the form: iv = phi Ty [Start,...
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyAddInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an Add, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldConstant(const Constant *C, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr)
ConstantFoldConstant - Fold the constant using the specified DataLayout.
auto dyn_cast_or_null(const Y &Val)
Definition Casting.h:753
constexpr bool has_single_bit(T Value) noexcept
Definition bit.h:147
bool any_of(R &&range, UnaryPredicate P)
Provide wrappers to std::any_of which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1746
LLVM_ABI bool isInstructionTriviallyDead(Instruction *I, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr)
Return true if the result produced by the instruction is not used, and the instruction will return.
Definition Local.cpp:403
LLVM_ABI bool isSplatValue(const Value *V, int Index=-1, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if each element of the vector value V is poisoned or equal to every other non-poisoned el...
LLVM_ABI Value * emitGEPOffset(IRBuilderBase *Builder, const DataLayout &DL, User *GEP, bool NoAssumptions=false)
Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the code necessary to compute the offset from th...
Definition Local.cpp:22
constexpr unsigned MaxAnalysisRecursionDepth
auto reverse(ContainerTy &&C)
Definition STLExtras.h:408
bool isModSet(const ModRefInfo MRI)
Definition ModRef.h:49
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
LLVM_ABI bool LowerDbgDeclare(Function &F)
Lowers dbg.declare records into appropriate set of dbg.value records.
Definition Local.cpp:1810
LLVM_ABI bool NullPointerIsDefined(const Function *F, unsigned AS=0)
Check whether null pointer dereferencing is considered undefined behavior for a given function or an ...
LLVM_ABI raw_ostream & dbgs()
dbgs() - This returns a reference to a raw_ostream for debugging messages.
Definition Debug.cpp:207
generic_gep_type_iterator<> gep_type_iterator
LLVM_ABI void ConvertDebugDeclareToDebugValue(DbgVariableRecord *DVR, StoreInst *SI, DIBuilder &Builder)
Inserts a dbg.value record before a store to an alloca'd value that has an associated dbg....
Definition Local.cpp:1677
LLVM_ABI void salvageDebugInfoForDbgValues(Instruction &I, ArrayRef< DbgVariableRecord * > DPInsns)
Implementation of salvageDebugInfo, applying only to instructions in Insns, rather than all debug use...
Definition Local.cpp:2052
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldCastOperand(unsigned Opcode, Constant *C, Type *DestTy, const DataLayout &DL)
Attempt to constant fold a cast with the specified operand.
LLVM_ABI bool canCreateUndefOrPoison(const Operator *Op, bool ConsiderFlagsAndMetadata=true)
canCreateUndefOrPoison returns true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison oper...
LLVM_ABI EHPersonality classifyEHPersonality(const Value *Pers)
See if the given exception handling personality function is one that we understand.
class LLVM_GSL_OWNER SmallVector
Forward declaration of SmallVector so that calculateSmallVectorDefaultInlinedElements can reference s...
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyExtractValueInst(Value *Agg, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an ExtractValueInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(unsigned Opcode, Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, const DataLayout &DL)
Attempt to constant fold a binary operation with the specified operands.
LLVM_ABI bool replaceAllDbgUsesWith(Instruction &From, Value &To, Instruction &DomPoint, DominatorTree &DT)
Point debug users of From to To or salvage them.
Definition Local.cpp:2429
LLVM_ABI bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if the given value is known to be non-zero when defined.
constexpr int PoisonMaskElem
auto drop_end(T &&RangeOrContainer, size_t N=1)
Return a range covering RangeOrContainer with the last N elements excluded.
Definition STLExtras.h:323
ModRefInfo
Flags indicating whether a memory access modifies or references memory.
Definition ModRef.h:28
@ Ref
The access may reference the value stored in memory.
Definition ModRef.h:32
@ ModRef
The access may reference and may modify the value stored in memory.
Definition ModRef.h:36
@ Mod
The access may modify the value stored in memory.
Definition ModRef.h:34
@ NoModRef
The access neither references nor modifies the value stored in memory.
Definition ModRef.h:30
TargetTransformInfo TTI
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyBinOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a BinaryOperator, fold the result or return null.
@ Sub
Subtraction of integers.
@ Add
Sum of integers.
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
bool isSafeToSpeculativelyExecuteWithVariableReplaced(const Instruction *I, bool IgnoreUBImplyingAttrs=true)
Don't use information from its non-constant operands.
LLVM_ABI bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(const Value *V, AssumptionCache *AC=nullptr, const Instruction *CtxI=nullptr, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if this function can prove that V does not have undef bits and is never poison.
ArrayRef(const T &OneElt) -> ArrayRef< T >
LLVM_ABI Value * getFreedOperand(const CallBase *CB, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
If this if a call to a free function, return the freed operand.
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
LLVM_ABI bool isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(const Instruction *I)
Return true if this function can prove that the instruction I will always transfer execution to one o...
LLVM_ABI Constant * getLosslessInvCast(Constant *C, Type *InvCastTo, unsigned CastOp, const DataLayout &DL, PreservedCastFlags *Flags=nullptr)
Try to cast C to InvC losslessly, satisfying CastOp(InvC) equals C, or CastOp(InvC) is a refined valu...
LLVM_ABI bool extractBranchWeights(const MDNode *ProfileData, SmallVectorImpl< uint32_t > &Weights)
Extract branch weights from MD_prof metadata.
auto count_if(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P)
Wrapper function around std::count_if to count the number of times an element satisfying a given pred...
Definition STLExtras.h:2019
decltype(auto) cast(const From &Val)
cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:559
gep_type_iterator gep_type_begin(const User *GEP)
auto predecessors(const MachineBasicBlock *BB)
bool is_contained(R &&Range, const E &Element)
Returns true if Element is found in Range.
Definition STLExtras.h:1947
AnalysisManager< Function > FunctionAnalysisManager
Convenience typedef for the Function analysis manager.
bool equal(L &&LRange, R &&RRange)
Wrapper function around std::equal to detect if pair-wise elements between two ranges are the same.
Definition STLExtras.h:2146
LLVM_ABI const Value * getUnderlyingObject(const Value *V, unsigned MaxLookup=MaxLookupSearchDepth)
This method strips off any GEP address adjustments, pointer casts or llvm.threadlocal....
AAResults AliasAnalysis
Temporary typedef for legacy code that uses a generic AliasAnalysis pointer or reference.
static auto filterDbgVars(iterator_range< simple_ilist< DbgRecord >::iterator > R)
Filter the DbgRecord range to DbgVariableRecord types only and downcast.
LLVM_ABI void initializeInstCombine(PassRegistry &)
Initialize all passes linked into the InstCombine library.
LLVM_ABI void findDbgUsers(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl< DbgVariableRecord * > &DbgVariableRecords)
Finds the debug info records describing a value.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(unsigned Opcode, Constant *V1, Constant *V2)
bool isRefSet(const ModRefInfo MRI)
Definition ModRef.h:52
LLVM_ABI std::optional< bool > isImpliedCondition(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS, const DataLayout &DL, bool LHSIsTrue=true, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if RHS is known to be implied true by LHS.
LLVM_ABI void reportFatalUsageError(Error Err)
Report a fatal error that does not indicate a bug in LLVM.
Definition Error.cpp:177
void swap(llvm::BitVector &LHS, llvm::BitVector &RHS)
Implement std::swap in terms of BitVector swap.
Definition BitVector.h:872
#define N
unsigned countMinLeadingOnes() const
Returns the minimum number of leading one bits.
Definition KnownBits.h:267
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Get the bit width of this value.
Definition KnownBits.h:44
unsigned countMinLeadingZeros() const
Returns the minimum number of leading zero bits.
Definition KnownBits.h:264
A CRTP mix-in to automatically provide informational APIs needed for passes.
Definition PassManager.h:70
SimplifyQuery getWithInstruction(const Instruction *I) const